10-K

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the year ended June 30, 2017

or

 o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-33506

SHORETEL, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	3661	77-0443568
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary standard industrial code number)	(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94085-3913
(408) 331-3300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value	The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o No ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☑ No  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o	Accelerated Filer ☑
Non-accelerated filer  o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company  o
Emerging Growth Company  o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o No ☑

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $482.8 million (based on the last reported sale price of $7.15 on December 31, 2016 on The NASDAQ Global Select Market). This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes. Shares of stock held by ten percent stockholders have been excluded from this calculation as they may be deemed affiliates.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of August 24, 2017 was 69,152,947.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement (the “2017 Proxy Statement”) for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1	Business		3
Item 1A	Risk Factors		12
Item 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments		30
Item 2	Properties		30
Item 3	Legal Proceedings		30
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures		30
PART II
Item 5	Market for Our Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		31
Item 6	Selected Consolidated Financial Data		33
Item 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		34
Item 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		49
Item 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		50
Item 9	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		81
Item 9A	Controls and Procedures		81
Item 9B	Other Information		84
PART III
Item 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		84
Item 11	Executive Compensation		84
Item 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		84
Item 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		84
Item 14	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		84
PART IV
Item 15	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules		84
	Signatures		85

1

TRADEMARKS

The ShoreTel logo, ShoreTel and Brilliantly Simple are trademarks or registered trademarks of ShoreTel, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks herein are the property of their respective owners.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our Internet address is www.shoretel.com. On our Internet website, we make publicly available free of charge our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information that is contained on or that can be accessed through our Internet website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition, the public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

The charters of our Audit Committee, our Compensation Committee and our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, as well as our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, are available on the Investor Relations section of our website under “Investor Relations – Corporate Governance/Leadership.” This information is also available by writing to us at the address on the cover of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “projects,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends” and similar words and expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. While we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that those expectations will prove to be correct. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expectations are disclosed in this report, including, without limitation, in the “Risk Factors” described in Part I, Item 1A. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by these factors and all related cautionary statements. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

ShoreTel is a leading provider of brilliantly simple business communication solutions. We focus on the small and medium sized businesses seeking a Unified Communications (“UC”) solution allowing them to communicate anytime, anyplace and through any device that they chose.

We provide this to the market via two solutions: ShoreTel Connect, our UC solution, and Contact Center offering and ShoreTel Summit, our platform for creating microservices. ShoreTel Connect delivers a fully featured UC solution and applications such as mobility, collaboration, and workgroups. ShoreTel Connect is unique in that it offers three different delivery models including cloud, onsite and hybrid. Connect Cloud provides a hosted voice solution to our customers. Connect Onsite provides our customers the ability to independently own and operate their equipment. Connect Hybrid enables our customers to use both our cloud and onsite offerings while still delivering the same user experience and providing our customers increased choice and flexibility. Summit, our Communications Platform as a Service (“CPaaS”) offering, delivers the option to create microservices or deeply integrate communications into any application or workflow.

We believe our solutions address changes in the UC market being driven by both technological advances and new workplace trends. We believe some of the current factors affecting the UC market include: the shift to consuming communications from the cloud, addressing an increasingly mobile workforce, the ongoing need for collaboration, a desire for multiple forms of communication and a need to integrate communications into workflows and applications. Our solutions are sold through our extensive network of over 1,100 authorized resellers and value-added distributors throughout the world served either by national distributors or by ShoreTel directly.

We were originally incorporated in California in September 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2007. ShoreTel is based in Sunnyvale, California, and has regional offices in North America, Europe, Asia and Australia.

Pending Merger

On July 26, 2017, we entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with Mitel US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Shelby Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”) and, with respect to certain obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, Mitel Networks Corporation, a Canadian corporation. Pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub has commenced an all-cash tender offer for any and all of ShoreTel’s outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a purchase price of $7.50 per share, net to the seller in cash, without interest, and subject to any required withholding of taxes. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including the tender of at least one share more than half of all our common stock outstanding as well as regulatory and other related approvals. We have agreed to operate our business in the ordinary course during the period between the execution of the Merger Agreement and the effective time of the merger and have agreed to certain other customary restrictions on its operations, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

3

Evolution of Business Communications

We believe ShoreTel is at the forefront of the UC industry that is in transition. We believe customers seek flexibility and choice when making a purchase decision relating to Business Communications. We also deliver the ability to deeply integrate into an existing workflow or application. Providing our customers the capability to create communications-focused microservices or integrate communications affords us a unique differentiator in the UC market.

We deliver innovative solutions and have increased our global footprint. Specifically, we have executed on numerous initiatives to build upon our market momentum and plan to continue this trajectory. Key initiatives included:

• Expansion of our Unified Communications as a Service (“UCaaS”) cloud solution into global theaters including the United Kingdom and Australia.

• Enhancement of our collaboration portfolio with new solutions such as ShoreTel Teamwork, a virtual workspace and team messaging application, and multi-point video.

• As UCaaS is being adopted by enterprise customers, the Summit CPaaS for Connect Cloud customers allows solution partners and ShoreTel to design purpose-built applications for business communications.

• Introduction of ShoreTel Global Numbers allowing multi-national organizations to create a local presence in the countries they serve by establishing unique Direct Inward Dial or International Toll-free Service numbers in each country.

• Enhancement of our user experience through updates to our web, desktop and mobility clients.

We have started to integrate ShoreTel Summit with our ShoreTel Connect portfolio of solutions. For example, all new Connect applications, such as Teamwork are built on the Summit technology stack with an Application Program Interface (“API”) first approach.

Our customers enjoy a broad approach to their UC requirements. Whether they are looking to acquire a cloud, onsite, hybrid UC solution or to further integrate that into their workflows and applications or whether they want to develop a specific communications application, we provide a solution to fit. Coupled with ready-made applications and supporting services such as ShoreTel Contact Center and professional services including ShoreTel Global Services and application and development professional services.

Hosted Architecture and Services for Hosted Customers

Our hosted services offer a secure and reliable business communications solution to organizations with minimal capital investment. At the heart of the hosted service is our call control technology, designed and developed by ShoreTel, culminating decades of our telephony experience. This technology was specifically designed to meet the unique requirements of the hosted communications market, offering a full portfolio of services to customers, including soft-switch services for ShoreTel Internet Protocol (“IP”) Telephony, as well as integrated software modules for ShoreTel Unified Communications, ShoreTel Contact Center, Business Intelligence Analytics and Reporting. By taking advantage of Infrastructure as a Service (“IaaS”), we can focus on delivering multi-tenant software serving many customers simultaneously. Hosted technologies are complemented by a series of service modules that enable billing, diagnostics, system monitoring, Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (“CALEA”) regulatory compliance, emergency call routing and other related operational services. A variety of customer selectable network services are also available, including local and long distance network services, toll-free numbers, number porting, circuits from carriers and other value-added network services.

Hosted Operations

We have a centrally managed platform consisting of data management, monitoring and security, control and billing systems that support our hosted services. This platform consists of a customer quotation portal, customer provisioning, customer access, fraud control, network security, call routing, call monitoring, media processing and normalization, call reliability, call record storage and billing. Our platform monitors our process of digitizing and compressing voice and video into packets and transmitting these packets over data networks around the world. We maintain a call switching platform that manages call control and routes calls.

4

Customer and Technical Support

We maintain a contact center that provides customer service and technical support to our customers. Customers can access our services directly through our website or receive customer service and technical support through telephone communication, e-mail support and online chat services. Our website also maintains a knowledge base repository that our customers and partners use for education and issue resolution.

Hosted Data Centers

ShoreTel takes advantage of IaaS delivered through data centers located in the United States, Europe and Australia. These data centers include sufficient physical building security, network operations and resiliency services and backup power generation. These operation centers house the application servers and proprietary technologies used to provide services to customers.

The key elements of our hosted applications and services include:

• complete end-to-end solution offer for customers, including ShoreTel designed and developed phones, client and server applications, together with our own service and support centers, which results in the best possible service experience.

• development and introduction of new services;

• experience in customer implementations;

• complete portfolio of operational services for billing, system management, and other requirements; and

• support for industry standard interfaces, enabling support for third party devices from other vendors.

ShoreTel Business Communications for Onsite Deployment

We provide a unique modern hardware and software architecture for onsite customers, which offers the high availability and reliability needed for mission critical communications. Our onsite business communication solutions are comprised of hardware and software components including ShoreTel Voice Switches, ShoreTel Service Appliances, ShoreTel Client and Server Software Applications, such as ShoreTel Director, Small Business Edition 100, and ShoreTel IP Phones. All ShoreTel software applications may also be virtualized, operating on customer-provided general purpose servers.

• ShoreTel Voice Switches: We offer a range of ShoreTel designed switches of varying capabilities to meet the needs of enterprises of all sizes. The modular nature of our switches allows our enterprise customers to easily expand their system capacity by deploying additional switches across their networks. The software on our voice switches may also be virtualized and operate on customer-provided, general purpose servers.

• ShoreTel Service Appliances: We offer a range of ShoreTel designed appliances for specific applications such as instant messaging, conferencing and collaboration. The administration of these service appliances is functionally integrated with the IP Telephony Web Administration. Appliances are automatically recognized by the ShoreTel Director software and user functions are seamlessly integrated with the user management application, eliminating the complexity found with other systems.

• ShoreTel Director: ShoreTel Director provides enterprises with a single point of system management, enabling IT administrators to view and manage the entire system from any location using a single application. A new end user’s extension, mailbox and automated attendant profile can be added on a single management screen, avoiding the additional work required with most Private Branch Exchanges (“PBXs”), voice mail systems and automated attendants.

• Small Business Edition 100: Our Small Business Edition (“SBE 100”) solution is targeted for smaller businesses with up to 100 users. It is a bundled solution consisting of system software, user licenses and voice switches that allows our business customers to economically scale our products and solutions as their organizations begin to grow and expand. Businesses that grow beyond the capacity of the SBE 100 solution may expand their investment by adding additional switches and licenses, while preserving their original investment and avoiding costly upgrades.

5

• ShoreTel IP Phones: ShoreTel designs and provides IP phones which incorporate the most recent applications, including visual voice mail, speaker phones supporting seven octaves of sound for superior clarity and performance, and integrated diagnostics for simplifying installation and management.

ShoreTel Business Communications for Hybrid Onsite Environments with Integrated Cloud Services Deployment

ShoreTel customers can extend their investments in their business communications solution by incorporating both cloud and onsite based approaches via ShoreTel Connect. ShoreTel Connect enables customers to add new sites and add new applications, such as Contact Center, Mobility, Instant Messaging, Presence, Fax and Scribe and will also enable customers to easily add new services that we introduce in the future.

Business Communication Solutions

ShoreTel provides a diverse set of solutions for both onsite and hosted customers, consisting of ShoreTel IP Telephony, ShoreTel Unified Communications, ShoreTel Contact Center, and professional services, including ShoreTel Global Services and application development services.

Unified Communications and Collaboration

ShoreTel Unified Communications enable the integration of IP telephony solutions with instant messaging, mobility, presence, desktop collaboration and video.

• Clients: Our strategy is to provide customers with a single, intuitive interface, delivered on mobile devices and via the desktop, giving access to all telephony and unified communications features. The ShoreTel desktop and mobility clients are designed to consume a minimal amount of space, delivering a consistent interaction between softphone, chats, video and screen share, regardless of the environment, while eliminating multiple applications and resulting in greater user productivity.

• Team Collaboration: ShoreTel Teamwork is a team collaboration solution and virtual workspace for teams to hold persistent group chat sessions, share files, and manage or assign tasks. Users can create public or private workspaces for teams, projects, or topics. Instant Messaging - ShoreTel Connect users can instant message through their Connect client or mobile app. Group chat and 1:1 messaging is supported. Real-time presence is displayed via the Connect client, mobile client and ShoreTel desk phones.

• Web and Audio Conferencing: ShoreTel physical or virtual Service Appliances deliver web and audio conferencing solutions for ShoreTel Connect and seamlessly integrates with desktop applications such as ShoreTel Connect client, Microsoft Outlook and Microsoft Skype for Business so users can create a new conference, view contacts’ calendars, and join meetings.

• Video Conferencing: ShoreTel Connect client allows users to participate in peer-to-peer video as well as multi-point video conferencing. ShoreTel Connect client video capabilities enable users to communicate via video from their desktop, laptop or mobile device.

• PBX Features: ShoreTel Connect solutions include robust PBX features based on over 20 years of development including all the basic PBX features (transfer, conference, class of service) but also advanced PBX features like monitor, whisper, coach, barge, record and shared call appearance.

• Third Party Integrations: ShoreTel's native integrations and advanced applications deliver pre-packaged offerings that allow customers to enhance their solution with features like click-to-dial, screen pops, automated call records and simple note entry. Advanced integrations are also available for many popular business process systems, such as Microsoft Dynamics, Salesforce, Google G Suite, Skype for Business and Zendesk.

Contact Center

Contact Center enables organizations to route contacts to the most appropriate agent in a multisite contact center, regardless of location. ShoreTel Connect Contact Center includes a range of options including agent phones, switching infrastructure, end-user interfaces, and platform software for both onsite-based and cloud-based

6

customers. The solution features capabilities including call handling, self-service, multi-media, and reporting. Contact Center applications provide a range of features to satisfy the needs of all-sized organizations, from basic call center capabilities to sophisticated, distributed multimedia contact centers.

ShoreTel Global Services

We complement our cloud, onsite and hybrid solution with a broad range of support services to help us maintain and expand our relationships with our enterprise customers and channel partners. Our product support contracts provide us with recurring revenue. Typically, our resellers provide many of these services, with ShoreTel providing manufacturer and escalation support as needed or, if requested by the enterprise customer or reseller, we can provide these services directly.

ShoreTel Global Services provides professional services, system design and installation, training and technical support including:

• Professional services include standard and custom software development to: extend system capabilities; enable UC integration with other enterprise applications; streamline business processes; and, address enterprise customer-specific business opportunities. We also offer collaboration with third party developers via API and Software Development Kit through the ShoreTel TechConnect program.

• System design and installation services include the best practices of deploying UC with regard to network requirements and capabilities as well as how to implement contact center and mobility for an enterprise.

• Training services include certification programs for resellers, training programs at enterprise customer or reseller locations and self-paced, computer-based desktop training programs.

• Our technical support services include web-based access support services and tools, access to technical support engineers, hardware replacement, as well as software updates and monitoring capabilities.

Application Development Services

ShoreTel offers custom application development and integration services for businesses with unique communication requirements. We offer businesses the option to enhance their communications solution by enabling the integration of business applications including customer relationship management (“CRM”) solutions such as Salesforce.com, Zendesk, Desk.com, NetSuite and Microsoft Dynamics, as well routing, interactive voice response and reporting solutions that automate business workflows and enhance operational oversight.

Customers and partners can create integrated applications using the open application interface of the system available for developers through the ShoreTel TechConnect.

Customers

As of June 30, 2017, our solutions have been installed by approximately 42,000 organizations in over 50 countries. We serve a wide range of vertical markets, including professional services, financial services, government, education, health care, sports and entertainment, manufacturing, non-profit organizations and technology industries.

Focus on Customer Satisfaction

We conduct formal customer reviews that involve our internal staff and third-party technical personnel to ensure smooth implementations and to resolve any issues that may arise. We follow up with ongoing check-ins to ensure customers are satisfied with their solution, surveying them regarding various aspects of the experience with ShoreTel. We use industry-recognized Net Promoter Score^SM customer loyalty metrics to help ensure that we are meeting our customers’ expectations. Through this process, we gain valuable insights into the existing and future requirements of our customers’ activities and this helps us develop product enhancements that address the evolving requirements of customers.

Additionally, to promote high-quality support throughout our services organization, we measure performance indicators of our services organization, including call answer times, call abandon rates, customer satisfaction with technical support, time to issue resolution, first contact resolution, call interaction quality, as well as customer satisfaction with system implementation, training services and technical support, and use the results to direct the management of our services organization.

7

We also monitor our customers’ satisfaction with our channel partners by surveying our customers after the system is installed.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our onsite products, support and services primarily through an extensive network of channel partners that include value-added resellers, service providers, direct market resellers and value-added distributors. Our hosted services are sold through channel partners and our direct sales force. As of June 30, 2017, we had over 1,100 channel partners in our network. These channel partners range in size from single-site, regional firms with specialized products and services to multi-national firms that provide a full range of IT products and services. They also include top U.S. telecommunication carriers: AT&T and CenturyLink. Our channel partners market and sell our products into both the small-to-medium and mid-enterprise markets. Our channel partners in the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia may offer both onsite and cloud solutions to their customers. In addition to our network of channel partners we utilize master agents and through them thousands of agents to promote and sell our hosted services.

We maintain a sales organization that manages the business relationship between ShoreTel and our partner network and master agents, recruiting, training and enabling them to market, sell and support ShoreTel solutions. In addition, we also have a ‘Client Sales’ team of sales personnel to assist our channel partners in selling to and providing support for customer accounts.

Research and Development

We have assembled a team of engineers with expertise in collaboration and UC technology, such as voice, messaging, conferencing, video, mobility, file sharing, contact center and workspaces. We have invested significant time and financial resources into the development of our architecture, including ShoreTel Connect, ShoreTel Summit, ShoreTel Connect Contact Center and ShoreTel Connect appliances which are available for both hosted and onsite customers.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We outsource the manufacturing of our hardware products.

Currently, we have arrangements for the production of our phones, switches and mobility routers with a contract manufacturer with multiple locations including the United States and China. We also rely on a sole or limited number of suppliers for several key components utilized in the assembly of our products.

We regularly provide forecasts for orders, and we order products from our contract manufacturers based on our projected sales levels, which is in advance of receiving customer orders. However, customers may generally cancel or reschedule orders without penalty, and delivery schedules requested by customers for these orders frequently vary based upon each customer’s particular needs.

For more information on risks related to products and components, see “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry - Our business may be harmed if our contract manufacturers are not able to provide us with adequate supplies” and “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry - Our products incorporate some sole sourced components and the inability of these sole source suppliers to provide adequate supplies of these components may prevent us from selling our products for a significant period of time or limit our ability to deliver sufficient amounts of our products.”

We typically fulfill product orders out of our California, New York, United Kingdom, Australia or Singapore warehouses.

Financial Information about Geographic Areas

For financial information about geographic areas, refer to Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

8

Competition

The market for business communication solutions is quickly evolving, highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. As a result of the convergence of voice, video, messaging, mobility and data networking technologies that characterize IP enterprise UC solutions, we compete against vendors of hosted solutions and premise-based solutions, some of which have solutions in both markets and CPaaS providers.

• Providers of cloud services include Tier 1 service providers such as AT&T, Telstra, British Telecom, Verizon, incumbent local exchange carriers, competitive local exchange carriers, and independent providers such as 8x8, RingCentral, Mitel, West IP Communications, Fuze, Vonage and Amazon Connect.

• Providers of hosted communication services based on technologies from Avaya, Broadsoft, Cisco, Microsoft, Mitel, Unify and other technology platform vendors.

• Providers of premise-based business communication equipment include Avaya, Cisco, Mitel, NEC and Unify.

• Providers of Unified Communications software applications, include Avaya, Cisco, Interactive Intelligence, Microsoft, Mitel, NEC and Unify.

• Providers of CPaaS include Twilio, Plivo, Vonage with Nexmo, Avaya Zang, Cisco Tropo and other API based technology platform vendors.

In addition, because the market for our products is subject to rapid technological change as the market evolves, we may face competition in the future from companies that do not currently compete in the enterprise unified communications market, including companies that currently compete in other sectors of the information technology, communications and software industries, Infrastructure-as-a-Service companies or communications companies that serve consumer rather than enterprise customers.

We may also face increased competition from Internet portal-focused providers who extend their portfolio to include business communications solutions, such as Amazon, Skype/Microsoft and Google.

As more enterprises converge their voice and data networks, the business information technology and communication applications deployed on converged networks will become more integrated. We may face increased competition from current leaders in information technology infrastructure, information technology, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications.

We could also face competition from new market entrants, whether from new ventures or from established companies moving into the market. Competition from these other potential market entrants may take many forms, including offering products and applications like those we offer as part of a larger, bundled offering or as a cloud-based or hosted services offering. In addition, technological developments and consolidation within the communications industry result in frequent changes to our group of competitors.

Many of our current and potential competitors are substantially larger than we are and have higher brand familiarity with buyers, and significantly greater financial, sales, marketing, distribution, technical, manufacturing and other resources. We believe that we currently compete favorably with regard to the principal competitive factors applicable to our solutions, which include price, portfolio, feature set, reliability, scalability, usability, simplicity, total cost of ownership, customer satisfaction and service.

For more information concerning competition, please see “Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Business and Industry – “The market in which we operate is intensely competitive, and many of our competitors are larger, more established and better capitalized than we are” and – “As voice, video, messaging and data networks converge, we are likely to face increased competition from companies in the information technology, personal and business applications and software industries.”

Regulatory

Voice over IP (“VoIP”) communication services, like ours, have been subject to less regulation at the state and federal levels than traditional telecommunications services. Providers of traditional telecommunications services are subject to the highest degree of regulation, while providers of information services are largely exempt from most federal and state regulations governing traditional common carriers. The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) has subjected VoIP service providers to a smaller subset of regulations

9

that apply to traditional telecommunications service providers and have not yet classified VoIP services as either telecommunications or information. However, the FCC reviews the status of VoIP service providers and the services they provide and may increase regulations that apply to hosted services.

The effect of any future laws, regulations and orders on the hosted offering is unknown at this time. But as a general matter, increased regulation and the imposition of additional funding obligations increases service costs that may or may not be recoverable from our customers. This increased regulation could result in making our services less competitive with traditional telecommunications services if we increase our retail prices or decreasing our profit margins if we attempt to absorb such costs.

Intellectual Property

A factor of our success as a company is our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections.

As of June 30, 2017, we had 157 patents issued in the United States, and had 30 patent applications in the United States. Our patents have been both internally developed and externally acquired. Our patents have a range of expiration dates. The earliest patent expired in 2016, and the last to expire will do so in 2035.

The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights and may challenge our issued patents. In addition, other parties may independently develop similar or competing technologies designed around any patents that are or may be issued to us. We intend to enforce our intellectual property rights vigorously, and from time to time, we may initiate claims against third parties that we believe are infringing on our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. If we fail to protect our proprietary rights adequately, our competitors could offer similar products, potentially significantly harming our competitive position and decreasing our revenue.

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we had 1,158 employees in North America, Europe, Asia and Australia, of which 357 were in sales and marketing, 401 were in research and development, 262 were in global support and services, and 138 were in general and administrative functions. None of our employees are represented by labor unions and we consider current employee relations to be good.

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers as of September 1, 2017:

Name	Age	Position as of September 1, 2016
Don Joos	47	President and Chief Executive Officer
Michael E. Healy	56	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Eugenia Corrales	52	Senior Vice President of Solutions Group
Bharath Oruganti	43	Senior Vice President of Worldwide Business Operations
David Petts	54	Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Customer Success
Allen Seto	41	Vice President and General Counsel

Don Joos has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director since August 2013. Mr. Joos served as our Senior Vice President of Business Operations from July 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Joos joined ShoreTel in April 2011 as our Vice President of Global Services. Prior to joining ShoreTel, from December 2001 to April 2011, Mr. Joos served in various senior management roles, including Vice President Channel Transformation, at Avaya, Inc., a provider of business communications and collaboration systems. Prior to this, Mr. Joos also held service and operational roles at SiteStuff, Inc., Williams Communication Solutions, LLC, Nortel Communication Solutions and Marshalls Inc. Mr. Joos holds a B.S. in Sports Management from Springfield College in Massachusetts.

Michael E. Healy has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2007. From February 2004 to May 2007, he served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Finance of

10

Genesis Microchip Inc., a supplier of display image processors. From November 2002 to February 2004, Mr. Healy served as Chief Financial Officer of Jamcracker, Inc., a software and application service provider. From September 1997 to June 2002, Mr. Healy held various senior level finance positions at Exodus Communications, Inc., an Internet infrastructure outsourcing services provider, including as Senior Vice President of Finance prior to February 2002, and as its Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer from February 2002 to June 2002. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Healy held various financial management positions at Apple Computer, Inc., and was an auditor at Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1983 to 1987. Mr. Healy holds a B.S. in Accounting from Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant (Inactive). Mr. Healy is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the California Society of Certified Public Accountant.

Eugenia Corrales has served as our Senior Vice President of Solutions Group since July 2016. From July 2015 to August 2016, Ms. Corrales served as our Senior Vice President of Product. From July 2013 to July 2015, Ms. Corrales served as Vice President and General Manager of the Computing Systems Group at Cisco Systems, Inc., a provider of Internet protocol based networking and other products related to the communications and information technology. From September 2012 to July 2013, Ms. Corrales was an independent consultant working with multiple networking and renewable energy startup companies. From June 2010 to September 2012, Ms. Corrales served as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President of Engineering and Operations at Nanosolar, a developer of solar power technology. From June 2006 to June 2010, Ms. Corrales served as Chief Executive Officer at Sunmodular, a startup focusing on providing efficiencies to solar panel technology. Ms. Corrales holds a B.A. in Physics from Grinnell College and a M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University.

David Petts has served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Customer Success since July 2012. From June 2005 to July 2012, Mr. Petts served in several sales leadership roles at Nokia Corporation, a mobile communications company. Prior to then, Mr. Petts held a number of executive management roles, both in the United States and the United Kingdom, with Hewlett Packard Company and Compaq Computer Corporation, providers of products, technologies, software, services and solutions. Mr. Petts holds a B.S. in Economics and Quantitative Studies from Queen Mary College, London University.

Bharath Oruganti has served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Business Operations since February 2014. Mr. Oruganti also served as our Vice President of Global Services from September 2012 to January 2014. Mr. Oruganti joined ShoreTel in October 2011 serving in the position of Senior Director of Technical Services. From February 2011 to October 2011, Mr. Oruganti served as President and Chief Operating Officer at Encore Media Metrics, LLC, a digital media startup focused on advanced insights and analytics. From September 2006 to February 2011, Mr. Oruganti served as Senior Manager in the Strategy and Operations practice at Deloitte Consulting LLP. Prior to then, Mr. Oruganti served in various positions, including Senior Manager of Global Customer Support, at Cadence Design Systems, Inc., a provider of semiconductor design software. Mr. Oruganti holds a B. Tech in Electronics and Communication Engineering from Andhra University, a M.S. in Electrical Engineering from University of Kentucky and an M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin.

Allen Seto has served as our Vice President and General Counsel since March 2013. Mr. Seto joined ShoreTel in June 2012 serving as Associate General Counsel. From January 2011 to May 2012, Mr. Seto served as Associate General Counsel at Taleo Corporation., a global provider of on-demand talent management software solutions. From February 2008 to January 2011, Mr. Seto served as Senior Corporate Counsel in the Corporate, Securities & Acquisitions group at Oracle Corporation. From July 2005 to January 2008, Mr. Seto served as Corporate Counsel at SYNNEX Corporation, a business process services company servicing resellers, retailers and original equipment manufacturers. Prior to then, Mr. Seto was in private practice at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. Seto holds a J.D. from University of California, Los Angeles School of Law and a B.A. in Economics and a B.A. in Rhetoric from the University of California, Berkeley.

11

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We may not be able to complete our merger with Mitel and uncertainty concerning completion of the merger may adversely affect our business operations and financial results.

The closing of the merger is subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions. We cannot be certain that we will be able to satisfy or obtain a waiver of the other conditions to completion of the merger, in which case the merger may not be completed.

If the merger is not completed for any reason, our ongoing business and relationships may be adversely affected and the price of our common stock may be negatively impacted.

In addition, the Merger Agreement may be terminated by the Company or Mitel under certain circumstances. The restrictions on the conduct of our business prior to the consummation of the merger, and the uncertainties and risks concerning completion of the merger, may cause our business, sales, operations and financial results to suffer during the executory period or in the event the merger is not completed. The merger agreement requires us to conduct business in the ordinary course, subject to specific limitations, which may delay or prevent us from undertaking business opportunities that, absent the Merger Agreement, we might have pursued. The announcement of the merger and any delay in completing the merger may divert management’s attention from ongoing business operations, affect our ability to retain or recruit key employees and negatively impact our business relationships with customers and suppliers. In addition, the nature, cost and outcome of pending and future litigation and other legal proceedings, including any such proceedings related to the merger and instituted against us and others, may be material.

We may not be able to achieve our strategic initiatives and grow our business as anticipated.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful over the long term in transitioning internal and external views of our company to a software-based service delivery model and growing our business as anticipated. Our strategic initiatives have required us to devote significant financial and operational assets to these activities. However, at the same time, a growing focus on hosted revenues involves different types of revenue recognition and has different cost structures than our traditional product revenues. Our success depends on our ability to appropriately manage our expenses as we invest in these initiatives, enter into beneficial channel relationships, develop new solutions and successfully execute our marketing and sales strategies. If we are not able to execute on this strategy successfully or if our investments in these activities do not yield significant returns, our business may not grow as we anticipated, we could devote significant financial and other resources to developing solutions that never reach commercial success, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if the UC industry transitions in a way we did not anticipate, we may not be able to shift our strategies and products rapidly enough to respond to such changes and we may not receive any return from such investments. Our competitors may also be developing new products to address transitions in the UC industry. If we are unable to successfully establish our new solutions, if our competitors’ products and services are better received, or if we fail to execute our strategies, our financial condition or results of operations could be negatively impacted and our ability to grow our business may be impacted.

The market in which we operate is intensely competitive, and many of our competitors are larger, more established and better capitalized than we are.

The industry for Unified Communications is extremely competitive. Our competitors include 8x8, Avaya, Broadsoft, Cisco, Microsoft, Mitel, RingCentral, Vonage and Fuze. In addition, many of our hosted customers are not subject to long-term contractual commitments to purchase our services and can terminate our service and switch to competitors' offerings on relatively short notice.

Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, technical, research and development, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution and other resources. We could also face competition from new entrants, whether from new ventures or from established companies moving in to the industry. Some competitors have advantages over us, including:

• greater market presence, name recognition and brand reputation;

• larger distribution channels;

12

• a larger installed base of telecommunications and networking systems with customers;

• larger and more geographically distributed services and support organizations and capabilities;

• a broader offering of telecommunications and networking products, applications and services;

• a more established international presence to address the needs of global enterprises;

• larger patent and intellectual property portfolios;

• longer operating histories;

• a longer history of implementing large-scale telecommunications or networking systems;

• more established relationships with industry participants, customers, suppliers, distributors and other technology companies;

• the ability to acquire technologies or consolidate with other companies in the industry to compete more effectively; and

• the ability to bundle a broader offering of telecom and networking equipment and services into an IP PBX offering, and offer these products as part of a hosted services offering.

Given their capital resources, many of these competitors are in a better position to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by enterprise customers on telecommunications equipment and are not as susceptible to downturns in a particular industry. This risk is enhanced because we focus our business primarily on the enterprise IP telecommunications industry.

Because some of our competitors have greater financial strength than we do and are able to offer a more diversified bundle of products and services, they have offered, and in the future may offer telecommunications products at lower prices than we do. In order to remain competitive from a cost perspective, we have in the past reduced the prices of our products, and we may be required to do so in the future, in order to gain enterprise customers. Price reductions could have a negative effect on our gross margins.

Our competitors may also be able to devote more resources to developing new or enhanced products, including products that may be based on new technologies or standards. If our competitors’ products become more accepted than our products, our competitive position will be impaired and we may not be able to increase our revenue or may experience decreased gross margins. If any of our competitors’ products or technologies become the industry standard, if they are successful in bringing their products to market earlier, or if their products are more technologically capable than ours, then our sales could be materially adversely affected. We may not be able to maintain or improve our competitive position against our current or future competitors, and our failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business. Our competitors may also be able to expand their geographic presence faster than us allowing them to service larger customers and adversely affecting our business.

As voice, video, messaging and data networks converge, we are likely to face increased competition from companies in the information technology, personal and business applications and software industries.

The convergence of voice, video, messaging and data networks and their wider deployment by enterprises has led information technology and communication applications deployed on converged networks to become more integrated. This integration has created an opportunity for the leaders in information technology, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications, to enter the telecommunications industry and offer products that compete with our systems, commonly referred to as Unified Communications. Competition from these potential entrants may take many forms, and they may offer products and services similar to those we offer.

If the solutions offered by new competitors achieve substantial market penetration, or if we cannot integrate our products with such solutions, we may not be able to maintain or improve our market position, and our failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be harmed.

We plan to further expand our operations to support the growth of our business. We will need to increase our spending in order to fund this development. This growth may place a significant strain on our management,

13

administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our success will depend upon our ability to manage this growth effectively. If we do not increase our revenues commensurate to our increased spending, we may not be profitable. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty in filling customer orders, declines in product quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, production and distribution difficulties, and any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and results of operations.

The gross margins on our products and offerings may decrease due to competitive pressures or otherwise, which could negatively impact our profitability.

It is possible that the gross margins on our products and/or services will decrease in the future in response to competitive pricing pressures, including the bundling of more offerings included in a base price, new product introductions by us or our competitors, increases in data center costs, changes in the costs of components or telecommunications costs, manufacturing issues, the shift in our channel distribution model towards more value-added distributors, royalties we need to pay to use certain intellectual property, growth of our international business, or other factors. The margins on our hosted telephony service are also impacted by the fact that we also sell the broadband connection, which is typically a lower-margin business. In addition, until we achieve a sufficient base of cloud-based customers, the gross margins on our cloud services will tend to be lower. If we experience decreased gross margins and we are unable to respond in a timely manner by introducing and selling new, higher-margin solutions successfully and continually reducing our product and hosting costs, our gross margins may decline, which will harm our business and results of operations.

If we fail to respond to technological changes and evolving industry standards, our solutions could become obsolete or less competitive in the future.

Our industry is highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technologies and standards. Accordingly, our operating results depend upon, among other things, our ability to develop and introduce new solutions and our ability to reduce production costs of existing products and costs of providing our hosted services. Our long-term success will depend on our ability to stay ahead of these changes and avoid obsolescence of our solutions.

In addition, as industry standards evolve, it is possible that one standard becomes predominant in the market. This could facilitate the entry into the market for competing products and services, which could result in significant pricing pressure. Additionally, if one standard becomes predominant and we adopt that standard, enterprises may be able to create a unified, integrated system by using phones, switches, servers, applications, or other telecommunications products produced by different companies. Therefore, we may be unable to sell complete systems to enterprise customers because the enterprise customers elect to purchase portions of their telecommunications systems from our competitors.

We rely on third-party resellers and distributors to sell our solutions, and disruptions to, or our failure to develop and manage our distribution channels could adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our hosted and product, support and services revenue is generated through indirect channel sales. These indirect sales channels include third-party resellers and distributors that market and sell other solutions to customers. We expect indirect channel sales will continue to generate a significant portion of our revenue in the future. Therefore, our success is highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful relationships with third-party resellers and distributors, and the financial health of these resellers and distributors.

Recruiting, launching and retaining qualified channel partners and training them in our solutions requires significant time and resources. In order to develop and expand our distribution channel, we must continue to recruit larger and more productive channel partners. We must also scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our channel, including investment in personnel, systems and training, and those processes and procedures may become increasingly complex and difficult to manage.

We have no long-term contracts with any of our channel partners, and our contracts with these channel partners do not prohibit them from offering products or services that compete with ours. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to existing and potential channel partners to favor their products or to prevent or

14

reduce sales of our products. Our channel partners may choose not to offer our products or services exclusively or at all. Our failure to establish and maintain successful relationships with channel partners would likely materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition, we rely on these entities to provide many of the installation, implementation and support services for our products. Accordingly, our success depends in large part on the effective performance of these channel partners. If a partner’s performance is ineffective, it may reflect poorly upon ShoreTel or negatively impact our business. By relying on channel partners, we may in some cases have little or no contact with the ultimate users of our products, thereby making it more difficult for us to establish brand awareness, ensure proper delivery and installation of our products, service ongoing enterprise customer requirements and respond to evolving enterprise customer needs. Additionally, some of our channel partners are smaller companies that may not have the same financial resources as other of our larger channel partners, which exposes us to collections risks.

Our future success depends on our ability to attract, integrate and retain sales, technical and key personnel, and our failure to do so could harm our ability to grow our business.

Our company strategy and future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to attract, integrate and retain our sales, technical and key personnel, namely our management and executive team and experienced sales and engineering personnel. Competition for skilled personnel is intense, particularly in many of the cities in which we operate. In addition, even if we succeed in hiring additional sales personnel, it may take some period of time before they become productive compounding any harm in the growth of our business from our inability to retain such sales personnel. Competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our employees, and our management and key employees are not bound by agreements that could prevent them from terminating their employment at any time. If we fail to attract, integrate and retain key employees, our ability to manage and grow our business could be harmed, particularly if the departure of any executive or key employee results in a business interruption, or if we are not successful in preserving material knowledge of our departing employees.

The impact of the current economic climate and possible adverse credit markets may impact customer demand for our products and services.

Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology. Many of our existing and target customers are in the small and medium business sector. Our target customers may be more likely to be significantly affected by economic downturns than larger, more established businesses. Additionally, these customers often have limited discretionary funds which they may choose to spend on items other than our products and services. The purchase of our premise solution involves significant upfront expenditures. If credit is not available to them, it may be difficult or impossible for our resellers and/or end customers to purchase our premise products. If small and medium businesses experience economic hardship, this could negatively affect the overall demand for our products and services, delay and lengthen sales cycles and lead to slower growth or even a decline in our revenue.

We have made acquisitions in the past and may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management's attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We have in the past and may in the future acquire or invest in other businesses, products or technologies. Acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions.

There are inherent risks in integrating and managing acquisitions. We may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations, product lines and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following an acquisition. We may also incur indebtedness in connection with any future acquisitions. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

• unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

• incurrence of acquisition-related direct and indirect costs;

15

• diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

• risks related to entering into new markets;

• harm to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

• the potential loss of key employees;

• use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business;

• risks associated with unknown liabilities, including liabilities for sales, use, telecom, utility and other taxes;

• use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition; and

• risks and costs associated with financing the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of the other companies that we acquire may be allocated to goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process which could harm our results of operations. Also, any contingent consideration related to the acquisitions may be remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, with any changes in the value recorded as income or expense, which could adversely affect our operating results in a particular period.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

A higher rate of customer terminations associated with our hosted services would negatively affect our business by reducing our revenue or requiring us to spend more money to grow our customer base.

Our churn rate, as defined in Item 7, for our hosted services could increase in the future if customers are not satisfied with our service. Other factors, including increased competition from other VoIP providers, alternative technologies, and adverse business conditions also adversely influence our churn rate.

Because of churn, we have to acquire new customers on an ongoing basis or sell additional services to existing customers to maintain our existing level of customers and revenues. As a result, marketing expenditures are an ongoing requirement of our business. If our churn rate increases, we will have to acquire even more new customers in order to maintain our existing revenues. We incur significant upfront costs to acquire new customers, and those costs are an important factor in determining our net profitability. Therefore, if we are unsuccessful in retaining customers or are required to spend significant amounts to acquire new customers beyond those budgeted, our revenue could decrease and our net income could decrease.

Success of our hosted services is dependent on the general growth and public acceptance of hosted communications.

Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase revenues generated from our hosted services. VoIP networks must improve quality of service for real-time communications, managing effects such as packet jitter, packet loss, and unreliable bandwidth, so that service can be consistently provided. VoIP telephony equipment and services must achieve a similar level of reliability that users of the Public Switched Telephone Network (“PSTN”) or a Multiprotocol Line Switching network have come to expect from their telephone service, and the cost and feature benefits of VoIP must be sufficient to cause customers to switch away from traditional telephony service providers. If any or all of these factors fail to occur, our business may be affected adversely.

Our business may be harmed if our contract manufacturers are not able to provide us with adequate supplies.

We outsource the manufacturing of our telephones and switches. Our reliance on contract manufacturers involves a number of potential risks, including the absence of adequate capacity, financial viability, ownership of certain elements of electronic designs, the ongoing viability of those contract manufacturers, and reduced control over delivery schedules.

16

We depend on our contract manufacturers to finance the production of goods ordered and to maintain adequate manufacturing capacity. Global economic conditions could adversely impact the financial condition of our contract manufacturers and their suppliers that could impact our contract manufacturer’s ability to procure components or otherwise manufacture our products. We may be unable to procure timely delivery of acceptable products to our enterprise customers or incur substantially higher product costs if we move production to other contract manufacturers.

Our contract manufacturers may not have sufficient capacity to enable them to meet the demand for our products. Our contract manufacturers could have manufacturing engagements with companies that are much larger than we are and whose production needs are much greater than ours. As a result, our contract manufacturers may choose to reallocate resources to the production of products other than ours if capacity is limited.

In addition, our contract manufacturers do not have any written contractual obligation to accept any purchase order that we submit for the manufacture of any of our products nor do we have any assurance that our contract manufacturers will agree to manufacture and supply any or all of our requirements for our products. Furthermore, our contract manufacturers may unilaterally terminate their relationship with us or seek to increase the prices they charge us upon written notice subject to the terms of our agreement. As a result, we are not assured that our current manufacturers will continue to provide us with an uninterrupted supply of products at an acceptable price in the future.

Even if our contract manufacturers accept and fulfill our orders, it is possible that the products may not meet our specifications. Because we do not control the final assembly and quality assurance of our products, there is a possibility that these products may contain defects or otherwise not meet our quality standards, which could result in warranty claims against us that could adversely affect our operating results and future sales.

If our contract manufacturers are unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our products in required volumes and to meet our quality specifications, or if they significantly increase their prices, whether caused by uncertain global economic conditions, tightening of the credit markets, their weak financial condition or otherwise, we will have to procure components on their behalf in the short term and identify one or more acceptable alternative contract manufacturers. The process of identifying and qualifying a new contract manufacturer can be time consuming, and we may not be able to substitute suitable alternative contract manufacturers in a timely manner or at acceptable prices. Additionally, transitioning to new contract manufacturers may cause delays in supply if the new contract manufacturers have difficulty manufacturing products to our specifications or quality standards and may result in unexpected costs to our business.

Any disruption in the supply of products from our contract manufacturers may harm our business and could result in a loss of sales, an increase in lead times on inventory orders and an increase in production costs resulting in lower gross product margins, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If the emerging market for enterprise IP and hosted telecommunications systems does not continue to grow and if we do not increase our market share, our future business could be harmed.

The market for Unified Communications is evolving rapidly and is characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As is typical of a rapidly evolving industry, the demand for and market acceptance of, enterprise IP and hosted telecommunications systems products and services are uncertain. Some analysts have estimated that revenue in the Worldwide Enterprise IP Telephony industry has declined and will continue to decline. We cannot assure you that enterprise telecommunications systems that operate on IP networks will become widespread. In particular, enterprises that have already invested substantial resources in other means of communicating information may be reluctant or slow to implement an IP telecommunications system that can require significant initial capital expenditures. If the demand for enterprise IP and hosted telecommunications systems fails to develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, our solutions could fail to achieve market acceptance, which in turn could significantly harm our business.

Moreover, as IP-based data communications and telecommunications usage grow, the infrastructure used to support these services, whether public or private, may not be able to support the demands placed on them and their performance or reliability may decline.

17

Our sales cycle for some of our solutions can be lengthy and unpredictable, which makes it difficult to forecast the amount of our sales and operating expenses in any particular period.

The sales cycle for some of our solutions typically ranges from six to twelve months, or longer. As a result, we may have limited ability to forecast whether or in which period a sale will occur. The success of our sales process is subject to many factors, some of which we have little or no control over, including:

• the timing of customers’ budget cycles and approval processes;

• a technical evaluation or trial by potential enterprise customers;

• our ability to introduce new products, features or functionality in a manner that suits the needs of a particular enterprise customer;

• the announcement or introduction of competing products; and

• the strength of existing relationships between our competitors and potential enterprise customers.

We may expend substantial time, effort and money educating our current and prospective enterprise customers as to the value of, and benefits delivered by, our solutions and ultimately fail to produce a sale. If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant resources, our operating results will be adversely affected. Furthermore, if sales forecasted for a particular period do not occur in such period, our operating results for that period could be substantially lower than anticipated and the market price of our common stock could decline.

Our products incorporate some sole sourced components and the inability of these sole source suppliers to provide adequate supplies of these components may prevent us from selling our products for a significant period of time or limit our ability to deliver sufficient amounts of our products.

We rely on sole or limited numbers of suppliers for several key components utilized in the assembly of our products. We do not have supply agreements with our sole source suppliers, and the components for our products are typically procured by our contract manufacturers. If we lose access to these components we may not be able to sell our products for a significant period of time, and we could incur significant costs to redesign our products or to qualify alternative suppliers.

In addition, any increase in the price of these components could reduce our gross margin and adversely impact our profitability. We may not be able to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components to meet the demands of enterprise customers in a timely manner or prices of these components may increase. In addition, problems with respect to yield and quality of these components and timeliness of deliveries could occur. These delays could also materially and adversely affect our operating results.

If we fail to offer high quality customer support and services, our business could suffer.

Our customers depend on our support organization and/or our channel partners to resolve any issues relating to our solutions. A high level of customer support and services is important for the successful marketing and sale of our solutions. If we or our channel partners do not help our customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell our solutions to existing customers could suffer and our reputation with potential customers could be harmed. Many of our channel partners offer primary support for the products they sell to customers. If the channel partners fail to provide timely and effective services, our business could be harmed. As we expand our sales, we will be required to hire and train additional support personnel. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. If we fail to maintain high quality customer support or to grow our support organization to match any future sales growth, our business may suffer.

If we fail to accurately forecast demand for our hardware products, we may have excess or insufficient inventory, which may increase our operating costs, decrease our revenues and harm our business.

We generate forecasts of future demand for our hardware products several months prior to the scheduled delivery to our prospective customers and typically prior to receiving a purchase order from our customers. We therefore make significant investments before our resellers or customers place orders to purchase our products and before we know if corresponding shipment forecasts will be changed. Our resellers and customers are not

18

contractually bound by the forecasts they provide us until they sign a purchase order, and the orders we ultimately receive often differ from original forecasts. If we underestimate demand for our hardware products, we will have inadequate inventory, which could result in delays in shipments, loss of orders and reduced revenues. This is exacerbated by the fact that lead times for materials and components that we need can vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for each component at a given time. On the other hand, if we overestimate demand for our products and increase our inventory in anticipation of customer orders that do not materialize, we will have excess inventory and we will face a risk of significant inventory write-downs. Our failure to forecast demand accurately on a timely basis could result in a decrease in our revenues and gross margins.

If we fail to develop and introduce new software, services and features in a timely manner, or if we fail to manage solution transitions, we could experience decreased revenue or decreased selling prices in the future.

Due to the complexity of the type of solutions we produce, there are significant technical risks that may affect our ability to introduce new solutions and features successfully. In addition, we must commit significant resources to developing new software, services and features before knowing whether our investments will result in software and services that are accepted by the market. The success of new software and services depends on many factors, including the ability of our software and services to compete with the offerings from our competitors, cost, and reliability.

If we are unable to develop and introduce new software and services in a timely manner or in response to changing market conditions or enterprise customer requirements, or if these software and services do not achieve market acceptance, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Introductions by us in future periods may also reduce demand for, or cause price declines with respect to, our existing software and services. As new or enhanced software and services are introduced, we must successfully manage the transition from older solutions, avoid excessive levels of older product inventories and ensure that sufficient supplies of new solutions can be delivered to meet enterprise customer demand. Our failure to do so could adversely affect our revenue, gross margins and other operating results.

Our solutions are highly complex and may contain undetected software or hardware errors, which could harm our reputation and future sales.

Because our customers rely on our solutions for critical aspects of their business, any failure to provide high quality and reliable solutions, whether caused by our own failure, failures by our contract manufacturer or suppliers or outages in our data centers, could damage our reputation and reduce demand for our solutions. Software products may contain defects, and as such our products have in the past contained, and may in the future contain, undetected errors or defects. Some errors may only be discovered after a product has been installed or a service has been introduced and used by customers. Any errors or defects discovered after commercial release could result in loss of revenue, loss of customers and increased service and warranty costs, any of which could adversely affect our business. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Our purchase orders contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of us and our products. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We could be exposed to significant risks with our international operations.

Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Our international expansion efforts may not be successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:

• our ability to comply with differing technical and environmental standards and certification requirements outside the United States;

• difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations;

19

• lower gross margins due to higher discounting;

• greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

• the need to adapt our solutions for specific countries;

• availability of reliable broadband connectivity and wide area networks in targeted areas for expansion;

• changes in regulatory requirements;

• tariffs, export controls and other non-tariff barriers such as quotas and local content rules;

• more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

• adverse tax consequences;

• fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could increase the price of our solutions outside of the United States, increase the expenses of our international operations and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk;

• restrictions on the transfer of funds;

• new and different sources of competition;

• less access to the end customer where we use our two-tier distribution internationally; and

• political and economic unrest and instability. For example, the United Kingdom’s recent referendum approving its exit from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit”. As a result of the referendum, it is possible that there will be increased regulatory complexities that may adversely affect our operations and financial results. In addition, the announcement of Brexit caused significant volatility in global stock markets and currency exchange fluctuations that resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies in which we conduct business, which may adversely affect our results of operations and the value of our international assets and investments. In addition, the United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union could result in a global economic downturn, which could depress the demand for our solutions.

Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our future international operations and our overall business.

We could be the subject of malicious cyber acts or experience other breaches of network security.

In providing our services, we store, process and transmit confidential and sensitive information including financial, credit card, account and personal information which may be protected by regulations. We may be subject to cyber threats and network security breaches by employees or third parties. Our ability to securely handle such sensitive information is critical to our business. In addition, laws requiring notification of individuals regarding security breaches related to their personal information continue to be adopted and evolve. Security breaches regarding personal information and compliance with such notification requirements could lead to significant costs for compliance, regulatory fines and other liability. Such security breaches could also harm our reputation and negatively impact our ability to attract new customers or retain existing customers.

Further, to the extent that we represent to our customers that we are compliant with particular laws regulating the handling of confidential or sensitive information, such as HIPAA or PCI, any network security breach relating to such information may expose us to claims of unfair trade practices for misrepresenting our level of compliance, truth in advertising claims, investigations by federal and state law enforcement agencies, fines, penalties and other legal liability.

We continuously monitor the security of our networks and implement protective measures to prevent cyber threats. However, as cyber threats continue to evolve and become more sophisticated, we may not be able to address all such cyber threats, and the costs to continually protect against or remediate such cyber threats may adversely impact our profitability or increase the price of our offerings making them less competitive.

20

The agreement governing our loan imposes restrictions on our business that may limit our business opportunities and hinder our ability to execute our business strategy.

Our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) contains, and other agreements we may enter into in the future may contain, covenants imposing restrictions on our business, and requires us to maintain certain financial covenants. These restrictions and covenants may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. These covenants place restrictions on our ability to, among other things, incur additional debt, create liens, consolidate or merge, dispose of any property, redeem common stock or make other distributions to stockholders, make investments or enter into transactions with affiliates.

Although we believe we are in compliance with all of our non-financial and financial covenants under the Credit Facility, our future ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial, and industry conditions. In the event of our default under the Credit Facility, our lender could declare all amounts borrowed to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we were unable to repay any debt owed, the lender could proceed against the collateral securing that debt.

We might require additional capital or debt to support our business in the future, and this financing might not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

If our cash and cash equivalents balances are not sufficient to meet our future cash requirements, we will need to seek additional capital, potentially through additional debt or equity financings, to fund our operations. We may also need to raise additional capital to take advantage of new business or acquisition opportunities. We may seek to raise capital by, among other things:

• issuing additional common stock or other equity securities;

• issuing debt securities; or

• increasing or replacing our credit facility.

We may not be able to raise needed cash on terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings, if available, may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our stockholders. The holders of new securities may also receive rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to those of existing holders of common stock. In addition, if we were to raise cash through a debt financing, such debt may impose conditions or restrictions on our operations, which could adversely affect our business. If new sources of financing are required but are insufficient or unavailable, we would be required to modify our operating plans to the extent of available funding, which would harm our ability to maintain or grow our business.

Any denial or disruption of our hosted services whether from cyber attacks or failure in our physical infrastructure could lead to significant costs, reduce our revenue, and inhibit our ability to obtain future orders.

Our hosted services may be interrupted for a variety of reasons, including without limitation, cyber attacks or failures in the physical infrastructure network. We may be the subject of unauthorized entry, computer viruses, malicious software programs, or other forms of cyber attacks aimed to disrupt our services. While we implement backup systems, mitigation efforts and procedures and other security protocols to mitigate such attacks, we cannot assure you that such protocols will be sufficient now or in the future to prevent such cyber attacks.

The physical infrastructure network for our hosted services is operated by external companies in data centers. The network and data centers are subject to various points of failure. Problems with cooling equipment, generators, power supply, routers, switches, or other equipment, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions for our customers as well as equipment damage. Because our services do not require geographic proximity of our data centers to our customers, our infrastructure is consolidated into a few large facilities. Any failure or downtime in one of our leased data center facilities could affect a significant percentage of our customers. The destruction or severe impairment of any of our leased data center facilities could result in significant downtime of our services and the loss of customer data. Additionally, in connection with the expansion or consolidation of our existing leased data center facilities from time to time, there is an increased risk that service interruptions may occur as a result of server relocation or other unforeseen construction-related issues.

21

Because our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide customers with highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our reputation. We have taken and continue to take steps to improve our infrastructure to prevent service interruptions. However, service interruptions continue to be a significant risk for us and could materially impact our business.

Any future service interruptions could:

• cause our customers to seek damages for losses incurred;

• require us to replace existing equipment or add redundant facilities;

• affect our reputation as a reliable provider of hosting services;

• cause existing customers to cancel or elect to not renew their contracts; or

• make it more difficult for us to attract new customers.

Any of these events could materially increase our expenses or reduce our revenue, which would have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We could experience breaches in physical security or problems with our information systems.

Our business and operations depend on information systems, including those of third parties, to process customer orders, bill customers, provide technical support, and support accounting functions and financial planning. We have in the past and may in the future experience problems with our information systems that cause interruption in our business operations and our ability to respond to customer needs. Information systems are vulnerable to interruption for a variety of reasons, including without limitation, computer viruses, breaches of physical security, breaches of information security, and problems with third-party providers. The implementation of new information systems and the maintenance or upgrading of existing information systems may cause disruption to our operations and business and damage our reputation with customers. Such implementations can also be more expensive than estimated and divert management attention.

Fraudulent schemes could harm our business reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Third parties have in the past and may continue to attempt in the future to defraud our customers and us by fraudulently inducing employees or consultants into disclosing account information, user names, passwords, personal identification numbers, or customer proprietary network information. Other fraudulent schemes can result in unauthorized use of services or access to customer account information or data. Breaches of network security, or the failure to mitigate such fraud or breaches may adversely affect our operating results. For example, we may be unable to prevent our customers from incurring charges from fraudulent international toll calls made with their phone numbers. We may be required to pay such fraudulent charges without reimbursement from our customers, and our reputation may be harmed. If our customer credit cards are compromised or people use stolen credit cards to pay for services, we may incur costs which may not be reimbursed or we may not be able to recover payment for our services.

If third-party technology and intellectual property included, or that we intend to include, in our solutions becomes unavailable to us, our software releases could be delayed while we license or develop equivalent technology or intellectual property, which could harm our business.

We incorporate certain third-party technologies and intend to utilize additional third-party technologies in the future. However, licenses to relevant third-party technology or updates to those technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Therefore, we could face delays in product or software releases until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our current solutions. These delays, if they occur, could materially adversely affect our business.

If a third party asserts that we are infringing on its intellectual property, whether successful or not, it could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses, which could harm our business.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends, in part, upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other “non-practicing entities” and individuals, own or claim to own intellectual property relating

22

to our industry and may have substantially larger and broader patent portfolios than we do. From time to time, third parties have in the past and may in the future claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. Third parties have in the past sent us correspondence regarding their intellectual property and have filed litigation against us, and in the future we may receive claims that our products infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. Furthermore, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology or products. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from selling our products, damage our reputation, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms, any of which could materially harm our business. In addition, we may decide to pay substantial settlement costs in connection with any claim or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

Litigation with respect to intellectual property rights in our industry is not uncommon and can often involve patent holding companies who have little or no product revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners in connection with any such litigation, which could further exhaust our resources. Furthermore, as a result of an intellectual property challenge, we may be required to enter into royalty, license or other agreements. We may not be able to obtain these agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. We may have to incur substantial cost in re-designing our solutions to avoid infringement claims. In addition, disputes regarding our intellectual property rights may deter distributors from selling our products and dissuade potential customers from purchasing such solutions. As such, third-party claims with respect to intellectual property may increase our cost of goods sold or reduce the sales of our solutions, and may have a material and adverse effect on our business.

Failure to protect our intellectual property could substantially harm our business.

Our success and ability to compete are substantially dependent upon our intellectual property. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, enterprise customers, strategic partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We cannot assure you that any additional patents will be issued. Even if patents are issued, they may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights or our solutions against competitors, and third-parties may challenge the scope, validity and/or enforceability of our issued patents. In addition, other parties may independently develop similar or competing technologies designed around any patents that may be issued to us.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect such rights. We may not be able to detect infringement, and may lose our competitive advantage before we are able to do so. In the event that we detect any infringement of our intellectual property rights, we intend to enforce such rights vigorously, and from time to time we may initiate claims against third parties that we believe are infringing on our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our brand and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success also depends on our ability to handle a large number of simultaneous calls, which our network may not be able to accommodate.

We expect the volume of simultaneous calls to increase significantly as our subscriber base grows. Our network hardware and software may be strained by heavy volume. If we fail to maintain an appropriate level of operating performance, or if our service is disrupted, our reputation could be hurt and we could lose customers or have to issues credits or refunds, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

23

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, under the current rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is also required to report on our internal control over financial reporting. Our and our auditor’s testing may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses and render our internal control over financial reporting ineffective. We have incurred and we expect to continue to incur substantial accounting and auditing expense and expend significant management time in complying with the requirements of Section 404. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by the SEC, The NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, or other regulatory authorities or subject to litigation. To the extent any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are identified in the future, we could be required to expend significant management time and financial resources to correct such material weaknesses or to respond to any resulting regulatory investigations or proceedings.

Catastrophic disasters or other events beyond our control such as earthquakes and hurricanes could damage our facilities or the facilities of our contract manufacturer or third party data center locations, which could cause us to curtail our operations.

Our principal offices and some of our disaster recovery sites are located in California near known earthquake fault zones and, therefore, are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes. We are also vulnerable to damage from other types of disasters, such as power loss, fire, floods and other similar events beyond our control such as acts of war or terrorism. If any disaster were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously impaired. For example, power loss from natural disasters could cause outages to our data centers and interruption of service to our customers. Such outages could have an adverse effect on our brand, cause us to issue credits to our customers, increase our expenses from replacing equipment, and have other adverse effects on our results of operations. Natural disasters could also cause interruption of our information systems preventing us from responding to customer needs. In addition, we may not have adequate insurance to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other similar significant business interruptions.

Our hosted services must comply with industry standards, federal, state and local regulations, and compliance may be costly and/or require us to modify existing services.

Our hosted services rely on communication standards such as SIP and network standards such as Transmission Control Protocol/IP and User Datagram Protocol to interoperate with other vendors' equipment. There is currently a lack of agreement among industry leaders about which standard should be used for a particular application, and about the definition of the standards themselves. As standards evolve, we may be required to modify our existing products or develop and support new versions of our services.

We must also comply with certain federal, state and local requirements regarding how we interact with our customers, including marketing practices, consumer protection, privacy, law enforcement and billing issues, the provision of emergency calling services and the quality of service we provide to our customers. The failure of our services to comply, or delays in compliance, with various existing and evolving regulations could delay or interrupt the sales of our services, subject us to fines or other imposed penalties, or harm the perception and adoption rates of our service, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Our emergency calling services are different from those offered by traditional wireline telephone companies and may expose us to significant liability. There may be risks associated with limitations associated with emergency dialing with our services.

Our emergency calling service differs from the emergency calling services offered by traditional wireline telephone companies. In each case, the differences may cause significant delays, or even failures, in callers' receipt of the emergency assistance they need.

24

We route emergency calls to a service aggregation vendor, who in turn routes the calls to the local Public Safety Answering Point, or PSAP. The PSAP should have automatic access to the customer's telephone number and registered location information. If the number is not associated with an address in an emergency call, then the call is routed by the vendor to an emergency response center where a live answer takes place and the address is determined for routing to the correct PSAP. If a customer moves their service to a new location, the customer's registered location information must be updated and verified by the customer. Until that takes place, the customer will have to verbally advise the emergency dispatcher of his or her actual location at the time of an emergency call. This can lead to delays in the delivery of emergency services.

In addition, in the event that a customer experiences a broadband or power outage, or if a network failure were to occur, the customer will not be able to reach an emergency services provider using our services. Delays our customers may encounter when making emergency services calls and any inability of the answering point to automatically recognize the caller's location or telephone number can result in life threatening consequences. Customers may, in the future, attempt to hold us responsible for any loss, damage, personal injury or death suffered as a result of any failure of our emergency calling services.

There may be risks associated with our ability to comply with the requirements of federal law enforcement agencies.

The FCC requires all interconnected VoIP providers to comply with the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (“CALEA”). The FCC allows VoIP providers to comply with CALEA through the use of a solution provided by a trusted third party with the ability to extract call content and call-identifying information from a VoIP provider's network. While the FCC permits companies like us to use the services provided by these third parties to comply with CALEA, we are ultimately responsible for ensuring the timely delivery of call content and call-identifying information to law enforcement, and for protecting subscriber privacy. While we believe we are currently CALEA compliant, we could be subject to an enforcement action by the FCC or law enforcement agencies for any delays related to meeting, or if we fail to comply with, any current or future CALEA obligations.

Reform of federal and state Universal Service Fund programs could increase the cost of our service to our customers diminishing or eliminating our pricing advantage.

The FCC and a number of states may consider reform or modifications to Universal Service Fund programs. Should the FCC or certain states adopt new contribution mechanisms or otherwise modify contribution obligations that increase our contribution burden, we will either need to raise the amount we currently collect from our customers to cover this obligation or absorb the costs, which would reduce our profit margins. Furthermore, the FCC has ruled that states can require us to contribute to state Universal Service Fund programs. A number of states already require us to contribute, while others are actively considering extending their programs to include the services we provide. We currently pass-through Universal Service Fund contributions to our customers which may result in our services becoming less competitive as compared to those provided by others.

Changes in regulatory compliance obligations of critical suppliers may adversely impact our operations.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (“Dodd-Frank Act”), includes Section 1502, related to additional disclosure requirements for certain minerals sourced from the Democratic Republic of Congo and surrounding countries, or conflict minerals, for which such conflict minerals are necessary to the functionality of a product manufactured, or contracted to be manufactured, by an SEC reporting company. The metals covered by the rules include tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold. Our suppliers may use these materials in the production processes. We will have to perform supply chain due diligence, third-party verification and possibly private sector audits on the sources of these metals. Global supply chains are complicated, with multiple layers and suppliers between the mine and the final product. Accordingly, we could incur significant cost related to the compliance process. While the impact of Section 1502 on our business is uncertain at this time, we could potentially have difficulty in procuring needed materials from conflict-free sources.

Increased taxes or regulatory fees on our services will increase our customers' cost of using our services and/or reduce our profit margins (to the extent the costs are not passed through to our customers) and we may be subject to liabilities for past sales and additional taxes, surcharges and fees.

Where we have filed federal, state and municipal tax returns such as sales, excise and ad valorem taxes, fees or surcharges for the services we provide, the interpretation and application of the tax laws and regulations

25

applicable in such jurisdictions may be in conflict with the interpretation held by the states and municipalities where we do business. Any increase or changes in our collection of these taxes, fees or surcharges may have the effect of decreasing any price advantage we may have over other providers. Our compliance with these tax initiatives may make us less competitive with those competitors who choose not to comply with these tax initiatives. We have accrued for taxes that we believe are required to be remitted. If our ultimate liability exceeds the accrued amount, it could result in a material adverse effect on our earnings.

Changes in telecommunications regulation and tariffs could harm our business.

Changes in telecommunications requirements, or regulatory requirements in other industries in which we operate, in the United States or other countries could affect the sales of our solutions. Future changes in tariffs by regulatory agencies or application of tariff requirements to currently untariffed services could affect the sales of our solutions for certain classes of customers. Additionally, in the United States, our solutions must comply with various requirements and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission and other regulatory authorities. In countries outside of the United States, our products must meet various requirements of local telecommunications and other industry authorities. These changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We are subject to environmental and other health and safety regulations that may increase our costs of operations or limit our activities.

We are subject to environmental and other health and safety regulations relating to matters such as reductions in the use of harmful substances, the use of lead-free soldering and the recycling of products and packaging materials. These regulations generally require electronics producers to bear the cost of collection, treatment, recovery and safe disposal of past and future products from end users and to ensure that new electrical and electronic equipment does not contain specified hazardous substances. The cost of these regulations to us may be substantial and may divert resources, which could detract from our ability to develop new products or operate our business, particularly if we increase international operations. We may not be able to comply in all cases with applicable environmental and other regulations, and if we do not, we may incur remediation costs or we may not be able to offer our products for sale in certain countries, which could adversely affect our results.

Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to the Internet and the development and maintenance of Internet infrastructure.

The adoption of any laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the Internet, including laws impacting Internet neutrality, could decrease the demand for our solution and increase our operating costs. For example, in 2015, the FCC adopted rules intended, in part, to maintain net neutrality and to prevent network operators from discriminating against legal traffic that transverse their networks. It is possible that the FCC could modify or rescind this rule. To the extent network operators attempt to use other laws or regulations to extract fees from us to deliver our services or otherwise engage in discriminatory practices, our business could be adversely impacted. Internationally, government regulation concerning the Internet, and in particular, network neutrality, may be developing or non-existent. Within such a regulatory environment, we could experience discriminatory or anti-competitive practices that could impede our domestic and international growth, cause us to incur additional expense or otherwise negatively affect our business.

We rely on third party network service providers to originate and terminate a significant portion of our public switched telephone network, or PTSN, calls, which could lead to business disruption if service providers ceased operations or terminated their services.

We leverage the infrastructure of third party network service providers to provide telephone numbers, PSTN call termination and origination services, private network access and local number portability for our customers rather than deploying our own networks. This decision has resulted in lower capital and operating costs for our business in the short term but has reduced our operating flexibility and ability to make timely service changes. If any of these network service providers cease operations or otherwise terminate the services that we depend on, the delay in switching our technology to another network service provider, if available, and qualifying this new service could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

While we believe that relations with our current service providers are good, and we have contracts in place, there can be no assurance that these service providers will be able or willing to supply cost-effective services to

26

us in the future or that we will be successful in signing up alternative or additional providers. Although we could replace our current providers, if necessary, our ability to provide service to our subscribers could be impacted during this timeframe and this could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The loss of access to, or requirement to change, the telephone numbers we provide to our customers also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Due to our reliance on these service providers, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. The occurrence of hardware and software errors, whether caused by our service or another vendor's products, may result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and any necessary revisions may force us to incur significant expenses. The occurrence of some of these types of problems may seriously harm our business, financial condition or operating results.

Our solutions contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products.

Our solutions contain software modules licensed to us under “open source” licenses. From time to time, there have been claims against companies that distribute or use open source software in their products and services, asserting that open source software infringes the claimants’ intellectual property rights. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement of intellectual property rights in what we believe to be licensed open source software. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales for us.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In this event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products, to make our proprietary code generally available in source code form, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which requirements could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price in the past has been volatile, and may continue to be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and investors may not be able to resell shares at or above the price at which they purchased the shares.

Our stock price has fluctuated significantly. If investors purchase shares of our common stock, they may not be able to resell those shares at or above the price at which they purchased them. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

• fluctuations in the overall stock market;

• the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

• changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those that sell communication products in particular;

• changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our stock;

• ratings downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our company;

27

• the public’s response to our press releases or other public announcements, including our filings with the SEC;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, customer wins or losses, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

• introduction of technologies or product enhancements that reduce the need for our products;

• market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

• lawsuits threatened or filed against us and the outcome of such lawsuits;

• shareholder activism;

• future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;

• speculation and uncertainty concerning the completion of our merger with Mitel; and

• other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the NASDAQ Global Select Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have initiated securities class action litigation following declines in stock prices of technology companies. Any litigation may subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, which could harm our business and operating results.

Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our historical revenues and operating results have varied from quarter to quarter. Moreover, our actual or projected operating results for some quarters may not meet our own expectations, or the expectations of stock market analysts and investors, which may cause our stock price to decline. In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, a number of factors may cause our revenue to fall short of our expectations or cause fluctuations in our operating results, including:

• adverse conditions specific to the Unified Communications industry, including decreased demand due to overall economic conditions or reduced discretionary spending by enterprises, rates of adoption of UC systems and services and introduction of new standards;

• our ability to attract and retain larger and more productive channel partners;

• the purchasing and budgeting cycles of customers, in particular, the tendency of some customers to wait until the end of a quarter in the hopes of obtaining a better price;

• the timing and volume of shipments of our products during a quarter, particularly as we experience an increased level of sales occurring towards the end of a quarter;

• delays in purchasing decisions by our customers from one quarter to the next, or later;

• seasonality in our target markets;

• our ability to attract new channel partners, retain existing channel partners, and their ability to generate revenues;

• changes in accounting rules;

• timing of product introductions;

• the timing of recognition of revenue from sales to our customers;

• changes in the mix of our solutions sold during a particular period;

• our ability to control costs, including third-party manufacturing costs and costs of components;

• our ability to maintain sufficient production volumes for our products from our contract manufacturers;

28

• volatility in our stock price, which may lead to higher stock-based compensation expenses;

• volatility and fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates;

• the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses;

• our ability to successfully expand our international operations;

• general economic conditions or economic recession;

• a significant growth of hosted and related services sales causing a negative impact to our short term earnings due to how revenue is recognized for hosted and related services as compared to the timing of the recognition of certain related expenses;

• decline in interest rates on our investments; and

• publicly-announced litigation, and the impact of such litigation on our operating results.

Because our operating expenses are largely fixed in the short-term, any shortfalls in revenue in a given period would have a direct and adverse effect on our operating results in that period. We believe that our quarterly and annual revenue and results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one period as an indication of future performance. If our revenues and operating results do not meet the expectations of our investors or securities analysts or fall below guidance we may provide to the market, the price of our common stock may decline.

A substantial portion of our product orders are usually received in the last month of each fiscal quarter, with a concentration of such orders in the final two weeks of the quarter. While we typically ship products shortly after the receipt of an order, we may have orders that have not shipped at the end of any given quarter. Because the amount of such product orders may vary, the amount, if any, of such orders at the end of a particular quarter is not a reliable predictor of our future performance.

Our charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also limit the market price of our stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable provisions of Delaware law may make it more difficult for or prevent a third party from acquiring control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions:

• prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

• limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders;

• established a classified board of directors, so that not all members of our board of directors may be elected at one time;

• provide our board of directors with the ability to designate the terms of and issue a new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval;

• require the approval of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

• allow a majority of the authorized number of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval;

• do not permit cumulative voting in the election of our directors, which would otherwise permit less than a majority of stockholders to elect directors;

• set limitations on the removal of directors; and

• restrict certain litigation against us to be brought only in the State of Delaware.

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally limits our ability to engage in any business combination with certain persons who own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or any of our associates or affiliates who at any time in the past three years have owned 15% or more of our outstanding

29

voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may deprive you of the opportunity to sell your shares to potential acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential inability to obtain a control premium could reduce the price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our headquarters, which is located in Sunnyvale, California, is a 63,781 square foot leased facility. This lease expires in September 2019. We also occupy leased facilities elsewhere in the United States, Europe, Canada, India, Singapore, Hong Kong and Australia.

We maintain a shipping and warehouse facility in Newark, California for our inventory and we rent space as needed at various third-party warehouses throughout the world.

We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 13 and Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

30

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock has been traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SHOR” since July 3, 2007. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sale prices of our common stock, as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Year Ended June 30, 2017	High		Low
First Quarter	$	8.32		6.60
Second Quarter		8.35		6.40
Third Quarter		7.50		5.80
Fourth Quarter		6.75		5.80

Year Ended June 30, 2016	High		Low
First Quarter	$	7.63		6.75
Second Quarter		10.42		7.41
Third Quarter		8.61		7.00
Fourth Quarter		7.57		5.96

On August 24, 2017, the last reported sales price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $7.48 per share.

Holders of Record

As of August 24, 2017, there were 63 stockholders of record of our common stock, although we believe there are approximately 6,300 beneficial owners since many brokers and other institutions hold our common stock on behalf of stockholders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any future earnings for use in our business and therefore we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In May 2016, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $20.0 million of the Company's common stock from time to time at the discretion of our management. This stock repurchase authorization has no expiration date.

During the three months ended June 30, 2017, we did not repurchase any common stock. As of June 30, 2017, we had a remaining authorization of $16.9 million for future share repurchases. The number of shares to be repurchased and the timing of such repurchases will be based on several factors, including the price of the Company's common stock and liquidity and general market and business conditions.

Stock Performance Graphs and Cumulative Total Return¹

The following graph shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 in cash on June 30, 2012 through June 30, 2017, for (i) our common stock, (ii) the S&P Small Cap 500 Index and (iii) the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index. Pursuant to applicable SEC rules, all values assume reinvestment of the full amount of all dividends, however no dividends have been declared on our common stock to date. The stockholder return shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future performance, and we do not make or endorse any predictions as to future stockholder returns.

1 This Section is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference in any filing of ShoreTel, Inc. under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

31

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” or incorporated by reference into any filing of ours under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

 

$100 invested on June 30, 2012 in stock or index. Fiscal year ending June 30,

	2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
ShoreTel, Inc.	$	100.00	$	92.01	$	148.86	$	154.79	$	152.74	$	132.42
S&P Small Cap 500 Index		100.00		120.60		150.27		161.43		167.87		197.92
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index		100.00		135.77		171.20		181.90		179.99		221.54

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes information about our equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2017. All outstanding awards relate to our common stock.

Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuances under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding securities in column (a))
	(a)		(b)		(c)
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)		8,744	$	4.94		7,230
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		—		—		—
Total		8,744	$	4.94		7,230

(1) The number of securities remaining available for future issuance in column (c) includes 4,041,000 shares of common stock authorized and available for issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”) and 3,189,000 shares of common stock authorized and

32

available for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). The number of shares authorized for issuance under the ESPP is subject to an annual increase. The number of securities to be issued to participants in column (a) does not include shares of common stock to be issued to participants in consideration of aggregate participant contributions under the ESPP as of June 30, 2017. Restricted Stock Units and Awards have been excluded for purposes of computing weighted average exercise prices in column (b).

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in connection with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue:
Hosted and related services	$	150,242		$	126,670		$	105,381		$	87,635		$	68,844
Product		131,174			158,232			181,272			184,952			186,190
Support and services		76,343			75,382			73,017			65,712			57,076
Total revenue		357,759			360,284			359,670			338,299			312,110
Cost of revenue:
Hosted and related services(1)		70,406			61,384			60,401			54,057			43,087
Product(1)		43,543			51,881			63,253			65,470			63,941
Support and services(1)		17,194			19,199			17,453			16,866			16,624
Total cost of revenue		131,143			132,464			141,107			136,393			123,652
Gross profit		226,616			227,820			218,563			201,906			188,458
Operating expenses:
Research and development(1)		67,068			60,509			53,352			49,758			52,992
Sales and marketing(1)		127,637			126,123			118,931			110,977			120,222
General and administrative(1)		43,532			41,778			39,778			40,356			38,102
Settlements and defense fees		(30	)		56			8,475			—			—
Acquisition-related costs		—			1,489			—			—			—
Total operating expenses		238,207			229,955			220,536			201,091			211,316
Income (loss) from operations		(11,591	)		(2,135	)		(1,973	)		815			(22,858	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(455	)		(469	)		(531	)		(643	)		(1,722	)
Interest income and other (expense), net		541			(1,628	)		(939	)		(637	)		(690	)
Total other income (expense)		86			(2,097	)		(1,470	)		(1,280	)		(2,412	)
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(11,505	)		(4,232	)		(3,443	)		(465	)		(25,270	)
Provision for income taxes		938			560			961			586			426
Net loss	$	(12,443	)	$	(4,792	)	$	(4,404	)	$	(1,051	)	$	(25,696	)
Net loss per common share(2):
Basic and diluted	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.44	)
Shares used in computing net loss per share:
Basic and diluted		68,100			66,405			63,953			61,191			58,633

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
	(In thousands)
Cost of hosted and related services	$	261	$	1,272	$	1,215	$	626	$	188
Cost of product revenue		53		64		74		69		110
Cost of support and services revenue		370		590		497		569		760

33

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
	(In thousands)
Research and development		2,256		1,854		1,928		1,704		2,789
Sales and marketing		2,909		2,569		2,391		1,996		2,921
General and administrative		3,940		2,522		2,308		2,352		3,837
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	9,789	$	8,871	$	8,413	$	7,316	$	10,605

(2) See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share.

	As of June 30,
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
	(In thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	115,888	$	108,159	$	90,187	$	56,145	$	51,276
Working capital		60,402		52,033		44,394		25,643		26,568
Total assets		339,452		342,338		326,456		306,949		301,307
Line of credit, net of debt issuance costs		—		—		—		29,004		19,946
Total stockholders’ equity		202,193		202,729		190,128		177,384		156,146

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this document. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed above in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” We report results on a fiscal year ending June 30. For ease of reference within this section, 2017 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, and 2015 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Overview

ShoreTel is a leading provider of brilliantly simple business communication solutions. We focus on the small and medium sized businesses seeking a Unified Communications (“UC”) solution allowing them to communicate anytime, anyplace and through any device that they chose.

We provide this to the market via two solutions: ShoreTel Connect, our UC solution, and Contact Center offering and ShoreTel Summit, our platform for creating microservices. ShoreTel Connect delivers a fully featured UC solution and applications such as mobility, collaboration, and workgroups. ShoreTel Connect is unique in that it offers three different delivery models including cloud, onsite and hybrid. Connect Cloud provides a hosted voice solution to our customers. Connect OnSite provides our customers the ability to independently own and operate their equipment. Connect Hybrid enables our customers to use both our cloud and onsite offerings while still delivering the same user experience and providing our customers increased choice and flexibility. Summit, our Communications Platform as a Service (“CPaaS”) offering, delivers the option to create microservices or deeply integrate communications into any application or workflow.

We believe our solutions address changes in the UC market being driven by both technological advances and new workplace trends. We believe some of the current factors affecting the UC market include: the shift to consuming communications from the cloud, addressing an increasingly mobile workforce, the ongoing need for collaboration, a desire for multiple forms of communication and a need to integrate communications into workflows and applications. Our solutions are sold through our extensive network of over 1,100 authorized resellers and value-added distributors throughout the world served either by national distributors or by ShoreTel directly.

We were originally incorporated in California in September 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2007. ShoreTel is based in Sunnyvale, California, and has regional offices in North America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Additionally, our cloud-based services are provided from multiple data centers located in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. While most of our customers are located in the United States, we have

34

remained fairly consistent in revenue from international sales, which accounted for approximately 8% of our total revenue in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015. We expect sales to customers in the United States will continue to comprise the majority of our sales in the foreseeable future if we remain a stand-alone company.

On July 26, 2017, we entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with Mitel US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Shelby Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”) and, with respect to certain obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, Mitel Networks Corporation, a Canadian corporation. Pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub has commenced an all-cash tender offer for any and all of ShoreTel’s outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a purchase price of $7.50 per share, net to the seller in cash, without interest, and subject to any required withholding of taxes. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including the tender of at least one share more than half of all our common stock outstanding as well as regulatory and other related approvals. We have agreed to operate our business in the ordinary course during the period between the execution of the Merger Agreement and the effective time of the merger and have agreed to certain other customary restrictions on its operations, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Key Business Metrics

We monitor a number of key metrics to help forecast growth, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and to measure operational effectiveness.

Deferred revenue. Deferred revenue relates to the timing of revenue recognition for specific transactions based on delivery of service, support, specific commitments, product and services delivered to our value-added distributors that have not been delivered or sold through to resellers, and other factors. Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from our transactions and are recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Nearly all of our onsite system sales include the purchase of post-contractual support contracts with terms of up to five years, and our renewal rates on these contracts have historically been high. We recognize support revenue on a ratable basis over the term of the support contract. Since we receive payment for support in advance of recognizing the related revenue, we carry a deferred revenue balance on our consolidated balance sheet. Almost all of our hosted services are billed a month in advance. Billings that are collected before the service is delivered are included in the deferred revenue balance on our consolidated balance sheet. These amounts are recognized as revenue as the services are delivered. Our deferred revenue balance at June 30, 2017 was $82.8 million, of which $61.5 million is expected to be recognized within one year.

Gross margin. Our gross margin for hosted and related services is lower than the gross margins for support and services and product and is impacted primarily by the reselling of broadband circuits to customers, employee-related expense, data communication cost, data center costs, carrier cost, telecom taxes, and intangible asset amortization expense. We expect that with the growth in hosted and related services revenue, the gross margins may reflect improvement due to economies of scale, synergies and other cost reductions in our service delivery model.

Gross margins for products are primarily affected by our ability to reduce hardware costs faster than the decline in average overall system sales prices. We strive to increase our product gross margin by reducing hardware costs through product redesign and volume discount pricing from our suppliers. In general, product gross margin on our switches is greater than product gross margin on our IP phones. We consider our ability to monitor and manage these factors to be a key aspect of maintaining product gross margins and increasing our profitability if we remain a stand-alone company.

Gross margin for support and services is impacted primarily by labor-related expenses. The primary goal of our support and services function is to ensure a high level of customer satisfaction and our investments in support personnel and infrastructure are made with this goal in mind. The timing of additional investments in our support and services infrastructure could materially affect our cost of support and services revenue, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of support and services revenue and total revenue, in any particular period.

35

Operating expense. Our operating expenses are comprised primarily of compensation and benefits for our employees and related expenses such as travel. Accordingly, increases in operating expenses historically have been primarily related to increases in our headcount. We intend to expand our workforce as we grow if we remain a stand-alone company, and therefore, our ability to forecast revenue is critical to managing our operating expenses.

Average revenue per user. We calculate the average monthly service revenue per user (“ARPU”) for our hosted and related services revenue as the average monthly revenue divided by the average number of seats. The average monthly revenue is calculated as the total hosted and related service revenue from customers in the period, divided by the number of months in the period. The average number of seats is calculated as a simple average of users during the period. Our ARPU includes telecommunication internet circuits that we resell that could, as a percentage of our business, decline over time as our average customer size increases and therefore they are more likely to have their own networks already established. Our monthly ARPU for the three-month period ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $48, $51 and $54, respectively. The decrease in ARPU was primarily due to a greater number of volume discounts related to increased sales to larger enterprise customers and a decrease in the resale of internet circuits to new customers as compared to the existing customer base.

Revenue churn. Revenue churn for our hosted and related services revenue is calculated by dividing the monthly recurring revenue from customers that have terminated during a period by the simple average of the total monthly recurring revenue from all customers in a given period. The effective management of the revenue churn is critical to our ability to maximize revenue growth and to maintain and improve margins if we remain a stand-alone company. Our annualized revenue churn for the three months ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was approximately 5%, 6% and 4%, respectively.

Basis of Presentation

Revenue. We derive our revenue from sales of our onsite IP telecommunications systems, hosted services and related support and services.

Hosted and related services revenue. Hosted and related services and solutions consist primarily of our proprietary hosted VoIP UC system as well as other services such as foreign and domestic calling plans, certain UC applications, internet service provisioning, regulatory and telecommunications fees, training and other professional services. Our hosted and related services are sold through indirect channel resellers and a direct sales force. Our customers enter into one to three-year service agreements whereby they are billed for such services on a monthly basis. Revenue from our hosted and related services is recognized on a monthly basis as services are delivered. Revenue associated with various calling plans and internet services are recognized as such services are provided. Hosted and related services revenues accounted for 42%, 35% and 29% of our total revenues for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We expect that hosted and related services revenue will continue to increase as a percentage of total revenue if we remain a stand-alone company.

Product revenue. Product revenue consists of sales of our business communication systems. Our typical system includes a combination of IP phones, switches and software applications primarily for our onsite-based solutions. We sell our products through channel partners that include resellers and value-added distributors. Prices to a given channel partner for hardware and software products depend on that channel partner's volume and other criteria, as well as our own strategic considerations. Product revenue has accounted for 37%, 44%, and 51% of our total revenue for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Product revenue may continue to decline in future periods if we remain a stand-alone company as we continue to focus a greater amount of our sales and marketing efforts to expand our hosted and related services revenue.

Support and services revenue. Support and services revenue primarily consists of post-contractual support, and to a lesser extent revenue from training services, professional services and onsite-based installations that we perform. Post-contractual support includes software updates which grant rights to unspecified software license upgrades and maintenance releases issued during the support period. Post-contractual support also includes both Internet- and phone-based technical support. Revenue from post-contractual support is recognized ratably over the contractual service period. Support and services revenues accounted for 21%, 21% and 20% of our total revenue for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015,

36

respectively. Support and services revenue may decline in future periods if we remain a stand-alone company as new support contracts tied to product revenue decline primarily due to the decline in sales volume resulting from our shift in strategic focus from driving growth in product revenue to driving growth in hosted and related services revenue.

Cost of revenue. Cost of hosted and related services revenue consists of personnel and related costs of the hosted services, data center costs, data communication cost, data center costs, costs of regulatory and telecommunications fees, carrier cost and amortization of intangible assets. Cost of product revenue consists primarily of hardware costs, royalties and license fees for third-party software included in our systems, salary and related overhead costs of operations personnel, freight, warranty costs and provision for excess inventory. The majority of these costs vary with the unit volumes of products sold. Cost of support and services revenue consists of salary and related overhead costs of personnel engaged in support and service.

Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses primarily include personnel costs, outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype costs, test equipment, software usage fees and facilities expenses. Research and development expenses are recognized when incurred. We have capitalized development costs incurred from determination of technological feasibility through general release of the product to customers, although capitalized development costs historically have not been significant. We devoted substantial resources to the development of additional functionality of our solutions and the ongoing development of new product technologies and related software applications to support this solution. We intend to continue to make investments in our research and development efforts if we remain a stand-alone company because we believe they are essential to maintaining and improving our competitive position.

Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses primarily include personnel costs, sales and partner commissions, travel, marketing, promotional and lead generation programs, branding and advertising, trade shows, sales demonstration equipment, professional services fees, amortization of intangible assets, and facilities expenses. We plan to continue to invest in development of our distribution channel to enable us to expand into new geographies and further increase our sales to enterprise customers if we remain a stand-alone company. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to be our largest operating expense category.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses primarily relate to our executive, finance, human resources, legal and information technology organizations. General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, professional fees for legal, board of directors' costs, accounting, tax, compliance and information systems, travel, recruiting expense, depreciation expense and facilities expenses.

Settlements and defense fees. Settlements and defense fees relate to charges related to probable and estimable settlement amounts and professional fees incurred in connection with an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Acquisition related costs. Acquisition-related costs relate to legal, accounting, consulting, investment banker and other costs directly related acquisitions

Interest expense. Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense associated with our Credit Facility.

Interest income and other (expense). Interest income and other (expense) primarily consists of interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, gains and losses on foreign currency translations and transactions and other miscellaneous items affecting our operating results.

Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes includes federal, state and foreign taxes on our income as well as any adjustments made to our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Since our inception, we have accumulated substantial net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We account for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards and other tax credits are measured by applying current enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

37

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenue for each of the periods indicated.

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Revenue:
Hosted and related services		42	%		35	%		29	%
Product		37	%		44	%		51	%
Support and services		21	%		21	%		20	%
Total revenue		100	%		100	%		100	%
Cost of revenue:
Hosted and related services		20	%		17	%		17	%
Product		12	%		15	%		17	%
Support and services		5	%		5	%		5	%
Total cost of revenue		37	%		37	%		39	%
Gross profit		63	%		63	%		61	%
Operating expenses:
Research and development		19	%		17	%		15	%
Sales and marketing		35	%		35	%		33	%
General and administrative		12	%		12	%		11	%
Settlements and defense fees		—			—			3	%
Acquisition-related costs		—			—			—
Total operating expenses		66	%		64	%		62	%
Income (loss) from operations		(3	%)		(1	)%		(1	)%
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		—			—			—
Interest income and other (expense), net		—			—			—
Total other income (expense)		—			—			—
Loss before provision for income taxes		(3	%)		(1	)%		(1	)%
Provision for income taxes		—			—			—
Net loss		(3	%)		(1	)%		(1	)%

Comparison of Fiscal 2017 to 2016 and Fiscal 2016 to 2015

Revenue

	Year Ended
	June 30, 2017		June 30, 2016		June 30, 2015		June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2016						June 30, 2016 to June 30, 2015
							Change $			Change %			Change $			Change %
(In thousands, except percentages)
Hosted and related services revenue	$	150,242	$	126,670	$	105,381	$	23,572			19	%	$	21,289			20	%
Product revenue		131,174		158,232		181,272		(27,058	)		(17	%)		(23,040	)		(13	%)
Support and services revenue		76,343		75,382		73,017		961			1	%		2,365			3	%
Total revenue		357,759		360,284		359,670		(2,525	)		(1	%)		614			—

Total revenue decreased by $2.5 million in fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016 primarily related to a decrease in product revenue, partially offset by an increase in hosted and related services revenue. Total revenue increased by $0.6 million in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015 primarily related to an increase in hosted and related services revenue and support and services revenue, partially offset by a decrease in product revenue. These changes were primarily due to a shift in our strategic focus from driving growth in product revenue to driving growth in hosted and related services revenue, which is a response to our belief that there is a shift in the

38

UC industry from on onsite-based solutions to cloud-based solutions. This shift in focus is reflected in the decrease in product revenue and increase in hosted and related services revenue during fiscal 2017 and 2016.

Revenue from customers in the United States accounted for approximately 92% of total revenue for years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Hosted and related services revenue

Hosted and related service revenue increased by $23.6 million, or 19%, in fiscal 2017 and by $21.3 million, or 20%, in fiscal 2016. As a result of our shift in our strategic focus from driving growth in product revenue to driving growth in hosted and related services revenue, we have experienced both continued growth in our hosted customer base and the use of additional services by existing customers resulting in increased hosted and related services revenue in both fiscal 2017 and 2016. During fiscal 2017 the increase in hosted and related services revenue was primarily due to an increase of $18.3 million in sales to new customers as well as an increase of $4.0 million in sales to existing customers. During fiscal 2016 the increase in hosted and related services revenue was primarily due to an increase of $13.6 million in sales to new customers as well as an increase of $5.8 million in sales to existing customers primarily due to market growth enabling the expansion of our customer base resulting from sales to new customers and additional sales to existing customers.

Product revenue

Product revenue decreased by $27.1 million, or 17%, in fiscal 2017 and by $23.0 million, or 13%, in fiscal 2016 primarily due to the decline in sales volume resulting from our shift in strategic focus from driving growth in product revenue to driving growth in hosted and related services revenue. This shift in strategic focus has caused us to experience a decrease in sales in all product lines. During fiscal 2017, the decrease in product revenue was primarily due to a $16.1 million decrease in software license sales, a $6.4 million decrease in phone sales and a $5.2 million decrease in switch sales. During fiscal 2016, the decrease in product revenue was primarily due to a $10.0 million decrease in software license sales, a $4.2 million decrease in switch sales and a $3.3 million decrease in phone sales. Product revenue may continue to decline in future periods if we remain a stand-alone company as we continue to focus a greater amount of our sales and marketing efforts to expand our hosted and related services revenue.

Support and services revenue

Support and services revenue increased by $1.0 million, or 1%, in fiscal 2017, as compared to fiscal 2017 and by $2.4 million, or 3%, in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in support and services revenue in both fiscal 2017 and 2016 was primarily due to additional sales to existing customers resulting in higher post-contractual support revenues supported by high renewal rates and continued expansion of our customer base resulting from sales to new customers who contract for support agreements.

39

Gross margin

	Year Ended
	June 30, 2017		June 30, 2016		June 30, 2015		June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2016						June 30, 2016 to June 30, 2015
							Change $			Change %			Change $			Change %
(In thousands, except percentages)
Hosted and related services cost of revenue	$	70,406	$	61,384	$	60,401	$	9,022			15	%	$	983			2	%
Product cost of revenue		43,543		51,881		63,253		(8,338	)		(16	%)		(11,372	)		(18	%)
Support and services cost of revenue		17,194		19,199		17,453		(2,005	)		(10	%)		1,746			10	%
Total cost of revenue	$	131,143	$	132,464	$	141,107	$	(1,321	)		(1	%)	$	(8,643	)		(6	%)
Hosted and related services gross profit	$	79,836	$	65,286	$	44,980	$	14,550			22	%	$	20,306			45	%
Product gross profit		87,631		106,351		118,019		(18,720	)		(18	%)		(11,668	)		(10	%)
Support and services gross profit		59,149		56,183		55,564		2,966			5	%		619			1	%
Total gross profit	$	226,616	$	227,820	$	218,563	$	(1,204	)		(1	%)	$	9,257			4	%

	Year Ended
	June 30, 2017			June 30, 2016			June 30, 2015			June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2016			June 30, 2016 to June 30, 2015
										Net Change			Net Change
Hosted and related services gross margin		53	%		52	%		43	%		1	%		9	%
Product gross margin		67	%		67	%		65	%		—			2	%
Support and services gross margin		77	%		75	%		76	%		2	%		(1	%)
Total gross margin		63	%		63	%		61	%		—			2	%

Total gross margin was 63% for both fiscal 2017 and 2016 as compared to 61% in fiscal 2015. The increase in total gross margin was primarily due to the increase in hosted and related services gross margin.

Hosted and related services gross margin

Hosted and related service gross margins increased one percentage point in fiscal 2017 as compared to nine percentage points in fiscal 2016. The increase in fiscal 2017 was due to an increase in hosted and related revenue of $23.6 million, or 19%, partially offset by an increase in hosted and related services cost of revenue of $9.0 million, or 15%. The increase in fiscal 2016 was due to an increase in hosted and related revenue of $21.3 million, or 20%, partially offset by an increase in hosted and related services cost of revenue of $1.0 million, or 2%. In addition, the increase was in fiscal 2016 was due to the release of $2.0 million in fiscal 2016 related to certain previously accrued surcharges as a result of favorable resolutions as well as reaching the statute of limitations in those jurisdictions. The improvements in both periods were primarily due to operational efficiencies as we were able to grow revenue at a faster rate than the incremental cost to provide the services.

Product gross margin

Product gross margins remained consistent at 67% in both fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.

Product gross margins increased to 67% in fiscal 2016 as compared to 65% in fiscal 2015. This increase was primarily due to the recognition of a $1.0 million expense during fiscal 2015 representing settlement of a legal matter with no corresponding charge in fiscal 2016.

Support and Services gross margin

Support and services gross margins increased by two percentage points in fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016. This increase was driven by operational improvements which allowed lower personnel costs to support a larger customer base.

40

Support and services gross margins remained relatively consistent at 75% in fiscal 2016 as compared to 76% in fiscal 2015.

Operating expenses

	Year Ended
	June 30, 2017			June 30, 2016		June 30, 2015		June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2016						June 30, 2016 to June 30, 2015
								Change $			Change %			Change $			Change %
(In thousands, except percentages)
Research and development	$	67,068		$	60,509	$	53,352	$	6,559			11	%	$	7,157			13	%
Sales and marketing		127,637			126,123		118,931		1,514			1	%		7,192			6	%
General and administration		43,532			41,778		39,778		1,754			4	%		2,000			5	%
Settlements and defense fees		(30	)		56		8,475		(86	)		(154	%)		(8,419	)		(99	%)
Acquisition-related costs		—			1,489		—		(1,489	)		(100	%)		1,489		N/A

Research and development. Research and development expense increased by $6.6 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to an increase of $4.8 million in personnel costs, including related benefits costs and an increase in the allocation of corporate expenses of $1.3 million and an increase in information technology related project costs of $0.6 million. These increases primarily related to including costs resulting from our acquisition of Corvisa LLC (“Corvisa”) in January 2016 for a full twelve months in fiscal 2017 as compared to only recognizing such costs for approximately six months of fiscal 2016.

Research and development expense increased by $7.2 million, or 13%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to an increase of $6.8 million in personnel costs, including related benefits costs and an increase in the allocation of corporate expenses of $1.1 million. These increases primarily related to an increase in headcount of research and development personnel. The increase in headcount was in part due to the acquisition of Corvisa in January 2016. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in consulting and professional services of $0.9 million.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 1%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The increase in sales and marketing expenses from the prior year was primarily due to an increase in partner commissions and related promotional activities of $2.9 million and an increase in trade show related costs of $2.0 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in personnel costs, including related benefits, bonus and commissions, of $2.4 million, primarily related to a decrease in headcount, and a decrease in travel related costs of $1.1 million.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $7.2 million, or 6%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in sales and marketing expenses from the prior year was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, including related benefits, bonus and commissions, of $4.9 million primarily related to an increase in headcount, in part due to the acquisition of Corvisa, and increased demand generation, partner commissions and promotional activities of $2.5 million.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 4%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The increase in general and administrative expenses from the prior year was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, including related benefits costs, of $2.9 million.

General and administrative expenses increased by $2.0 million, or 5%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in general and administrative expenses from the prior year was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, including related benefits costs, of $3.2 million, partially offset by a decrease in information technology related project costs of $0.8 million.

Settlements and defense fees. Settlements and defense fees for fiscal 2017 and 2016 were comprised of adjustments related to accrued interest and certain penalties associated with the final settlement of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) proposed withholding tax adjustment for the 2008 through 2012 tax years.

Settlements and defense fees of $8.5 million for fiscal 2015 were comprised of $6.8 million related to a settlement on escrow claims related to the acquisition of M5 Networks, Inc. (“M5”), $1.1 million related to an IRS proposed adjustment and $0.6 million in professional fees incurred in connection with an unsolicited

41

acquisition proposal. The $6.8 million expense related to the settlement on escrow claims was comprised of a $3.6 million charge related to the impairment of the indemnification asset, a $2.5 million charge for professional fee reimbursement and a $0.7 million modification accounting charge related to the change in fair value of foregone stock per the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between M5 and the Company.

Acquisition-related costs. Acquisition-related costs of $1.5 million for fiscal 2016 primarily consisted of direct costs incurred related to the acquisitions of M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd (“M5 Australia”) and Corvisa. There were no corresponding costs for fiscal 2017 or 2015.

Other income (expense), net

	Year Ended
	June 30, 2017			June 30, 2016			June 30, 2015			June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2016					June 30, 2016 to June 30, 2015
										Change $		Change %			Change $			Change %
(In thousands, except percentages)
Interest expense	$	(455	)	$	(469	)	$	(531	)		14		3	%	$	62			12	%
Interest income and other (expense), net		541			(1,628	)		(939	)		2,169		133	%		(689	)		(73	%)

Interest expense. Interest expense remained relatively consistent at $0.5 million for fiscal 2017, 2016, 2015.

Interest income and other (expense), net. Interest income and other (expense), increased by $2.1 million in fiscal 2017 as compared to the fiscal 2016 primarily due to a $0.9 million gain on the sale of a non-marketable investment in fiscal 2017 as well as $0.9 million of amortization expense incurred in fiscal 2016 with no corresponding charges in fiscal 2017.

Interest income and other (expense), net increased by $0.7 million in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015 primarily due to amortization expenses incurred in fiscal 2016

Provision for income tax

	Year Ended
	June 30, 2017		June 30, 2016		June 30, 2015		June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2016					June 30, 2016 to June 30, 2015
							Change $		Change %			Change $			Change %
(In thousands, except percentages)
Provision for income taxes	$	938	$	560	$	961	$	378		68	%	$	(401	)		(42	%)

Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate largely due to our providing a full valuation allowance on the current year net operating losses. The provision for income taxes in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was primarily related to state and foreign income tax expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents and investments

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
Cash and cash equivalents	$	67,223	$	61,726	$	82,162
Short-term investments		48,665		46,433		38,025
Total	$	115,888	$	108,159	$	90,187

As of June 30, 2017, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $115.9 million, net accounts receivable of $31.4 million and the balance available of $51.7 million for borrowing under our Credit Facility (as defined below).

On October 22, 2014, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement which was further amended on December 1, 2014 and August 5, 2015 (“Credit Facility”) which provides for a revolving loan

42

facility for an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $100.0 million. The Credit Facility amended and restated the prior credit facility. The Credit Facility matures on October 22, 2019 and is payable in full upon maturity. The amounts borrowed and repaid under the Credit Facility are available for future borrowings.

The borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest (at our election) either at (i) the London interbank offered rate then in effect, plus a margin of between 1.50% and 2.25%, which is based on our consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility), or (ii) the higher of (a) the bank’s publicly-announced prime rate then in effect and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case of (a) or (b), plus a margin of between 0.00% and 0.50%, which will be based upon our consolidated EBITDA. We also pay commitment fees during the term of the Credit Facility which varies depending on our consolidated EBITDA. The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets.

The Credit Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including compliance with financial ratios and metrics. The Credit Facility and the related amendment requires us to maintain a minimum ratio of liquidity to its indebtedness (each as defined in the Credit Facility) and varying amounts of Liquidity and Consolidated EBITDA specified in the Credit Facility throughout the term of the agreement. As of June 30, 2017, we were in compliance with all such covenants and no amounts were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

Historically, our principal uses of cash have consisted of the purchase of finished goods inventory from our contract manufacturers, payroll and other operating expenses related to the development and marketing of our new products, purchases of property and equipment and acquisitions.

If we remain a stand-alone company, our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the addition of new business initiatives, the timing and extent of our expansion into new geographies, the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products, the continuing market acceptance of our products, common stock repurchases and acquisition and licensing activities. We may enter into agreements relating to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses or technologies in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. If needed, additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. We believe that the available amounts under the line of credit together with our cash flows from our operations will be sufficient to fund our operating requirements for at least the next twelve months.

The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
	(In thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities	$	16,433		$	35,086		$	41,145
Cash used in investing activities	$	(13,144	)	$	(63,693	)	$	(19,504	)
Cash provided by financing activities	$	2,208		$	8,171		$	7,049

Cash flows from operating activities

Net loss during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 included non-cash charges of $9.8 million, $8.9 million and $8.4 million in stock-based compensation expense, respectively, and depreciation and amortization of $20.6 million, $20.5 million and $19.1 million, respectively. Net loss during fiscal 2015 included a charge related to the impairment of the indemnification asset of $3.6 million with no corresponding charge in the fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2016. Net loss during fiscal 2017 included a gain on the sale of a non-marketable investment of $0.9 million with no corresponding gain in fiscal 2016 or fiscal 2015.

Cash provided by operating activities of $16.4 million during fiscal 2017 also reflects net changes in operating assets and liabilities, which used $1.2 million of cash consisting primarily of a decrease in accrued liabilities and other of $5.1 million, a decrease in accrued employee compensation of $2.2 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $1.1 million. These cash outflows were partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $5.1 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $1.3 million and a decrease in inventory of $0.7 million.

Cash provided by operating activities of $35.1 million during fiscal 2016 also reflects net changes in operating assets and liabilities, which provided $10.0 million of cash consisting primarily of an increase in

43

deferred revenue of $6.1 million, an increase in accrued employee compensation of $3.1 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $3.7 million, a decrease in inventory of $2.9 million and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2.1 million. These cash inflows were offset by a decrease in accrued taxes and surcharges of $6.0 million, a decrease in accrued liabilities and other of $1.2 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.7 million.

Cash provided by operating activities of $41.1 million during fiscal 2015 also reflects net changes in operating assets and liabilities, which provided $13.4 million of cash consisting primarily of a decrease in inventory of $11.4 million, a decrease in indemnification asset of $2.0 million, an increase in accrued liabilities and other of $7.7 million and an increase in deferred revenue of $3.8 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by an increase in prepaid expenses of $4.2 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.9 million, a decrease in accrued taxes and surcharges of $2.3 million, a decrease in accrued employee compensation of $1.2 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.8 million.

Cash flows from investing activities

We have classified our investment portfolio as available for sale and our investments are made with a policy of capital preservation and liquidity as the primary objectives. We may hold investments to maturity; however, we may sell an investment at any time if the quality rating of the investment declines, the yield on the investment is no longer attractive or we are in need of cash. Because we invest only in investment securities that are highly liquid with a ready market, we believe that the purchase, maturity or sale of our investments has no material impact to our overall liquidity.

Net cash flow used in investing activities in fiscal 2017 was $13.1 million and primarily consisted of $32.0 million used to purchase investment securities and $10.9 million used to purchase property and equipment, partially offset by maturities of short-term investments of $29.3 million and proceeds from the sale of non-marketable securities of $1.1 million.

Net cash flow used in investing activities in fiscal 2016 was $63.7 million and primarily consisted of $48.2 million used to purchase investment securities, the acquisition of Corvisa and M5 Australia for $14.3 million, net of cash acquired and $10.8 million used to purchase property and equipment, partially offset by maturities of short-term investments of $9.7 million.

Net cash flow used in investing activities in fiscal 2015 was $19.5 million and primarily consisted of $12.2 million used to purchase investment securities, $11.4 million used to purchase property and equipment and $1.7 million used to purchase patents, technology and internally developed software, partially offset by maturities of short-term investments of $5.8 million.

Cash flows from financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.2 million in fiscal 2017. In fiscal 2017, we received proceeds of $6.1 million from the issuance of common stock under various equity incentive plans, offset by the payment of $1.5 million for employee tax obligations associated with the vesting of restricted stock units. In addition, we repurchased $2.3 million of common stock during fiscal 2017.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.2 million in fiscal 2016. In fiscal 2016, we received proceeds of $10.6 million from the issuance of common stock under various equity incentive plans, offset by the payment of $1.3 million for employee tax obligations associated with the vesting of restricted stock units. In addition, we repurchased $0.8 million of common stock during fiscal 2016.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $7.0 million in fiscal 2015. In fiscal 2015, we received proceeds of $9.3 million from the issuance of common stock under various equity incentive plans, offset by the payment of $1.2 million for employee tax obligations associated with the vesting of restricted stock units.

Common Stock Repurchases

In May 2016, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company's common stock from time to time at the discretion of our management. This stock repurchase authorization has no expiration date. During fiscal 2017, we repurchased approximately 339,000 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $2.3 million. As of June 30, 2017, we had a remaining authorization of $16.9 million for future share repurchases.

44

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2017:

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less Than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than 5 Years
(In thousands)
Operating lease obligations	$	22,119	$	7,095	$	9,975	$	5,049	$	—
Line of credit		—		—		—		—		—
Non-cancellable purchase commitments (inventory and software licenses)		15,272		13,498		1,051		723		—
Outstanding letters of credit		635		635		—		—		—
Total	$	38,026	$	21,228	$	11,026	$	5,772	$	—

We contract with independent sources to manufacture our products and purchase components from a variety of suppliers. During the normal course of business, in order to manage future demand for our products and to ensure adequate component supply, we enter into agreements with manufacturers and suppliers which allow us to procure inventory based upon criteria and timing that we define. Certain of these purchase commitments are non-cancelable and unconditional commitments. In certain instances, these agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to firm orders being placed.

In addition to our contractual obligations noted above, we have a contractual obligation related to unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $6.0 million as of June 30, 2017.

Minimum operating lease obligations have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $1.6 million due in the future under a noncancelable sublease.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements (other than those disclosed above within Contractual Obligations) nor do we have any material relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which are established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of contingencies as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from those estimates.

We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain:

• Revenue recognition;

• Stock-based compensation;

• Goodwill and purchased-intangible assets; and

• Accounting for income and telecom taxes.

If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters that may affect our future financial condition or results of operations.

45

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue from the sale of cloud-based and onsite-based Unified Communication systems and services.

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as hardware and software products and/or services, we allocate revenue to each element based on relative selling prices. The relative selling price is determined using vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) when available. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to determine the third party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for the deliverables. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately by the competitors. Generally, our product offerings differ from those of our competitors and comparable pricing of our competitors is often not available. Therefore, we are typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use estimated selling prices (“ESP”) in our allocation of arrangement fees. The ESP for a deliverable is determined as the price at which we would transact if the products or services were sold on a stand-alone basis.

Hosted and related services revenues:

Our hosted and related services and solutions consist primarily of our proprietary hosted VoIP UC system as well as other services such as minutes usage from foreign and domestic calling plans, certain UC applications, Internet service provisioning, training and other professional services. Additionally, we offer our customers the ability to purchase phones from us directly or rent such phones as part of their service agreements. Customers are not required to purchase phones from us directly as they can independently purchase such equipment. Our customers enter into a 12-month or 36-month service agreement whereby they are billed for such services on a monthly basis.

Monthly recurring hosted services are recognized in the period when the service is delivered. The installation fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated customer life.

We bill most of the monthly recurring hosted service revenue a month in advance. Any amounts billed and collected, but for which the service is not yet delivered, are included in deferred revenue. These amounts are recognized as revenues only when the service is delivered.

We maintain a reserve for credits provided to customers for outages, quality issues, billing disputes or changes in the service levels that are included in the amounts that were billed in advance. The reserve for such credits is based on historical experiences and trends. We also maintain a reserve for amounts that are deemed as uncollectible.

Product and Support and services revenues:

The sale of IP telecommunication systems includes hardware, primarily phones and voice switches, software components and may also include training, installation, professional services and post-contractual support for the products. Our business strategy is centered on selling to enterprise customers through channel partners rather than directly. Sales to value-added distributors allow us to leverage our existing distribution infrastructure and sales personnel.

The typical system includes a combination of IP phones, switches and software applications. For sales transactions made both directly and to resellers, revenue is recognized at the time of shipment provided that all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. For sales to value-added distributors, revenue is initially deferred and is recognized at the time of sale by the distributor to their customer, provided all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. We refer to this distribution approach as two-tier distribution model and the recognition of revenue at the time of sale by the distributor as the sell through method.

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred (depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies and significant uncertainties, and collection is reasonably assured. The fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices. The agreements with reseller partners generally do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. Even though substantially all of the contractual agreements do not provide return privileges, there are circumstances for which we will accept a return. We maintain a reserve for such returns based on historical experience with reseller

46

partners. The agreements with our value-added distributors allow for limited rights of return of products generally purchased within the previous 90 days. In addition to such return rights, we generally offer price protection provisions to our distributors when there is a permanent reduction of our sales prices. In such cases, we are obligated to grant the distributor a credit for the difference between the change in the aggregate price of any amounts that have been purchased but unsold by the distributor as of the effective date of such decrease. In addition, certain of our distributors stock phones and switches and purchase licenses only upon sale to a value added reseller or end customer. Revenue is deferred for distributors until the distributor sells the hardware and license to their customer which would constitute a complete configuration of our system. To the extent that our agreements contain acceptance terms, we recognize revenue upon product acceptance, unless the acceptance provision is deemed to be perfunctory. Payment terms to customers generally range from net 30 to net 60 days. In the event payment terms are extended materially from the Company’s standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payment becomes due. We assess the ability to collect from our customers based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness and past transaction history of the customer. If the customer is not deemed credit worthy, we defer all revenue from the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue. Provisions for return allowances and product warranties are recorded at the time revenue is recognized based on our historical experience. The provision for return allowances is recorded as a reduction to revenues on the statement of operations and is included as a reduction to accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

Most of the products and services included in a system qualify as separate units of accounting. Many of our products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the essential functionality of the integrated system product. We analyze all of our software and non-software products and services and consider the features and functionalities of the individual elements and the stand alone sales of those individual components among other factors, to determine which elements are essential or non-essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system product. We recognize revenue related to installation services and training upon delivery of the service.

Our core software, which we refer to as “essential software,” is integrated with hardware and is essential to the functionality of the integrated system product. We also sell additional software which provides increased features and functions, but is not essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system products, which we refer to as “non-essential software.” At the initial purchase, the customer generally bundles together the hardware, essential software, non-essential software, as needed, and up to five years of post-contractual support. Thereafter, if the enterprise customer increases end users and functionality, it may add more hardware, both essential and non-essential software components, and related post-contractual support by purchasing them separately.

The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the non-essential software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the revenue accounting guidance. The non-essential software deliverables included in a multiple element arrangement are subject to the industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. The relative selling price is determined using vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) when available. As we have not been able to obtain VSOE for all of the non-essential software deliverables in the arrangement, revenue allocated to the delivered non-essential software elements is recognized using the residual method in accordance with industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue recognized for the delivered non-essential software elements equaled the total allocated consideration less the VSOE of any undelivered elements bundled with such non-essential software elements.

We have been able to establish VSOE for our professional and post contractual support services mainly based on the volume and the pricing of the stand-alone sales for these services within a narrow range. We establish our estimated selling price (“ESP”) for products by considering factors including, but not limited to, geographies, customer segments and pricing practices. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by our management. We regularly review VSOE, the third party evidence of selling price and ESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure all share-based payments to employees based on the grant date fair value of the awards and recognize these amounts in our consolidated statement of operations over the period during which the employee

47

is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally over the vesting period of the award). We amortize the fair value of share-based payments on a straight-line basis. Income tax benefits realized upon exercise or vesting of an award in excess of that previously recognized in earnings are presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows as a financing activity when applicable.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations has been reduced for forfeitures since it is based on awards ultimately expected to vest. If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of our option-pricing model in future periods or if we experience different forfeiture rates, the compensation expense that is derived may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current year.

Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis on June 30th and when specific circumstances dictate between annual tests. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, identifying a potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step would need to be conducted; otherwise, no further steps are necessary as no potential impairment exists. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying value over the respective implied fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. There was no impairment of goodwill identified in fiscal 2017, 2016, or 2015. The fair value of our single reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value, which includes goodwill.

Purchased-intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods of benefit, ranging from two to eight years. We perform a review of purchased-intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than we had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, we assess the recoverability of purchased-intangible assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the useful life of the asset is shorter than originally estimated, we accelerate the rate of amortization and amortize the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. There were no indicators of impairment of purchased-intangible assets identified in fiscal 2017, 2016, or 2015.

Accounting for Income and Telecom Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for any tax benefit of which future realization is uncertain.

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is based on several factors, including our past earnings and the scheduling of deferred taxes and projected income from operating activities. As of June 30, 2017, we do not believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets relating to U.S. federal and state operations are realizable. We intend to maintain the valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance. Our income tax benefit recorded in the future will be reduced or increased in the event changes to the valuation allowance are required.

We had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $107.1 million as of June 30, 2017, which expire at various dates between 2023 and 2037. These net operating loss carryforwards include the effects of a favorable tax ruling determined under Section 382 by the Internal Revenue Service in March 2010 as well as federal net operating loss carryforwards available from prior acquisitions. We have not completed Section 382 studies for net operating losses incurred in the years subsequent to July 2007. Upon the completion of these studies, the amount of net operating losses available for utilization may be limited.

48

As a provider of communication services, we assess whether to include the taxes and surcharges collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, including Universal Service Fund charges, sales, use, and various surcharges, in our revenues and expenses. This assessment includes whether we are the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where we do business. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are the principal taxpayer, we record the surcharges within our revenues and cost of hosted and related services. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are merely a collection agent for the government authority, we do not include them in our revenues or cost of hosted and related services.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a discussion of the expected impact of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange and interest rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. In the normal course of our business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in conducting business globally in foreign currencies. We are primarily exposed to foreign currency fluctuations related to collections from accounts receivable balances and cash in banks that are denominated in Australian dollar, British pound, Canadian dollar and the Euro. During the years ending June 30, 2017 and 2016, we used derivative instruments to reduce the volatility of earnings associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We used foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain foreign monetary assets and liabilities, primarily including cash balances, third party accounts receivable and intercompany transactions recorded on the balance sheet. These derivatives are not designated and do not qualify as hedge instruments. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in other income and expenses during the period of change. As of June 30, 2017, a 10% change in the applicable foreign exchange rates would result in an approximately $0.7 million increase or decrease in our pretax earnings.

In addition, we currently hold our investment portfolio in accounts with two financial firms. If these firms were to experience financial or other regulatory difficulties, it might be difficult for us to access our investments in a timely manner.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to the interest rate risk due to changes in the general level of United States interest rates is due to both our cash equivalents and short term investments and our indebtedness. We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types, and maturities. These securities are generally classified as available for sale and consequently, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). At any time, a sharp rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our investment portfolio. Conversely, declines in interest rates could have a material positive impact on interest earnings for our portfolio. The following table presents the hypothetical change in fair values in the financial instruments we held at June 30, 2017 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from selected potential changes in interest rates on our investment portfolio, which had a fair value of $50.2 million at June 30, 2017. Market changes reflect immediate hypothetical parallel shifts in the yield curve of plus or minus 100, 50 and 25 basis points.

	Decrease in Interest Rates									Increase in Interest Rates
(in thousands)	-100 BPS			-50 BPS			-25 BPS			25 BPS			50 BPS			100 BPS
Total fair market value	$	50,467		$	50,308		$	50,229		$	50,071		$	49,992		$	49,833
Percentage change in fair market value		0.6	%		0.3	%		0.2	%		(0.2	%)		(0.3	%)		(0.6	%)

49

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		51
Consolidated Balance Sheets		52
Consolidated Statements of Operations		53
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss		54
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity		55
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		56
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		57

50

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
ShoreTel, Inc.
Sunnyvale, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 8, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
September 8, 2017

51

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

	June 30,
	2017			2016
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	67,223		$	61,726
Short-term investments		48,665			46,433
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $500 and $678 as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively		31,393			32,902
Inventories		11,624			12,488
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		13,019			13,420
Total current assets		171,924			166,969
Property and equipment, net		19,066			21,551
Goodwill		129,449			129,449
Intangible assets, net		12,087			18,788
Other assets		6,926			5,581
Total assets	$	339,452		$	342,338
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	14,011		$	14,932
Accrued liabilities and other		15,633			20,397
Accrued employee compensation		16,740			18,925
Accrued taxes and surcharges		3,614			3,917
Deferred revenue		61,524			56,765
Total current liabilities		111,522			114,936
Long-term deferred revenue		21,245			20,940
Other long-term liabilities		4,492			3,733
Total liabilities		137,259			139,609
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, authorized 5,000 shares; none issued and outstanding		—			—
Common stock and additional paid-in capital, par value $.001 per share, authorized 500,000; 69,122 shares issued and 68,657 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 67,517 shares issued and 67,391 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016		394,184			379,871
Treasury stock, at cost		(3,117	)		(819	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(72	)		36
Accumulated deficit		(188,802	)		(176,359	)
Total stockholders’ equity		202,193			202,729
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	339,452		$	342,338

See notes to consolidated financial statements

52

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue:
Hosted and related services	$	150,242		$	126,670		$	105,381
Product		131,174			158,232			181,272
Support and services		76,343			75,382			73,017
Total revenue		357,759			360,284			359,670
Cost of revenue:
Hosted and related services		70,406			61,384			60,401
Product		43,543			51,881			63,253
Support and services		17,194			19,199			17,453
Total cost of revenue		131,143			132,464			141,107
Gross profit		226,616			227,820			218,563
Operating expenses:
Research and development		67,068			60,509			53,352
Sales and marketing		127,637			126,123			118,931
General and administrative		43,532			41,778			39,778
Settlements and defense fees		(30	)		56			8,475
Acquisition-related costs		—			1,489			—
Total operating expenses		238,207			229,955			220,536
Income (loss) from operations		(11,591	)		(2,135	)		(1,973	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(455	)		(469	)		(531	)
Interest income and other (expense), net		541			(1,628	)		(939	)
Total other income (expense)		86			(2,097	)		(1,470	)
Loss before provision for income tax		(11,505	)		(4,232	)		(3,443	)
Provision for income taxes		938			560			961
Net loss	$	(12,443	)	$	(4,792	)	$	(4,404	)
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.07	)
Shares used in computing net loss per common share, basic and diluted		68,100			66,405			63,953

See notes to consolidated financial statements

53

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
	(In thousands)
Net loss	$	(12,443	)	$	(4,792	)	$	(4,404	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments, net		(108	)		32			3
Other comprehensive income (loss)		(108	)		32			3
Comprehensive loss	$	(12,551	)	$	(4,760	)	$	(4,401	)

See notes to consolidated financial statements

54

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

	Common Stock and Additional Paid-In-Capital					Treasury Stock			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Shares			Amount		Amount
	(Amounts in thousands)
BALANCE - June 30, 2014		62,824		$	344,546	$	—		$	1		$	(167,163	)	$	177,384
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid		2,231			8,068											8,068
Stock-based compensation expense					8,413											8,413
Fair value of escrow settlement modification					664											664
Unrealized gain on short term investments, net										3						3
Net loss													(4,404	)		(4,404	)
BALANCE - June 30, 2015		65,055		$	361,691	$	—		$	4		$	(171,567	)	$	190,128
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid		2,462			9,309											9,309
Stock-based compensation expense					8,871											8,871
Repurchases of common stock		(126	)				(819	)								(819	)
Unrealized gain on short term investments, net										32						32
Net loss													(4,792	)		(4,792	)
BALANCE - June 30, 2016		67,391		$	379,871	$	(819	)	$	36		$	(176,359	)	$	202,729
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid		1,605			4,524											4,524
Stock-based compensation expense					9,789											9,789
Repurchases of common stock		(339	)				(2,298	)								(2,298	)
Unrealized loss on short term investments, net										(108	)					(108	)
Net loss													(12,443	)		(12,443	)
BALANCE - June 30, 2017		68,657		$	394,184	$	(3,117	)	$	(72	)	$	(188,802	)	$	202,193

See notes to consolidated financial statements

55

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
	(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(12,443	)	$	(4,792	)	$	(4,404	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		20,597			20,506			19,072
Stock-based compensation expense		9,789			8,871			8,413
Amortization of premium on investments		374			161			120
Loss on disposal of property, equipment and other assets		56			145			97
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable		217			216			182
Impairment of indemnification asset		—			—			3,584
Fair value of escrow settlement modification		—			—			664
Gain on non-marketable investments		(920	)		—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		1,292			3,683			(2,918	)
Inventories		711			2,910			11,413
Indemnification asset		—			—			2,022
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		605			2,109			(4,249	)
Other assets		(215	)		(4	)		(34	)
Accounts payable		(1,079	)		(701	)		(795	)
Accrued liabilities and other		(5,127	)		(1,249	)		7,687
Accrued employee compensation		(2,185	)		3,101			(1,216	)
Accrued taxes and surcharges		(303	)		(5,985	)		(2,284	)
Deferred revenue		5,064			6,115			3,791
Net cash provided by operating activities		16,433			35,086			41,145
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of investments		(31,994	)		(48,210	)		(12,176	)
Proceeds from sale/maturities of investments		29,280			9,673			5,757
Purchases of property and equipment		(10,937	)		(10,834	)		(11,393	)
Cost of acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired		—			(14,322	)		—
Purchase of software licenses, patents and other intangible assets		(567	)		—			(1,692	)
Proceeds from sales/maturities of non-marketable investments		1,074			—			—
Net cash used in investing activities		(13,144	)		(63,693	)		(19,504	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		6,067			10,589			9,294
Taxes paid on vested and released stock awards		(1,543	)		(1,280	)		(1,226	)
Repurchases of common stock		(2,298	)		(819	)		—
Payments made under capital leases		(18	)		(319	)		(393	)
Debt issuance costs		—			—			(626	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		2,208			8,171			7,049
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		5,497			(20,436	)		28,690
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		61,726			82,162			53,472
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	67,223		$	61,726		$	82,162
Supplemental cash flow disclosure:
Cash paid for interest	$	12		$	26		$	298
Cash paid for income taxes	$	785		$	1,209		$	885
Noncash financing and investing activities:
Purchase of patents included in period-end liabilities	$	—		$	—		$	333
Unpaid portion of property and equipment purchases included in period-end accounts payable	$	317		$	998		$	1,318

See notes to consolidated financial statements

56

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company – ShoreTel, Inc. was incorporated in California on September 17, 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware on June 22, 2007. ShoreTel, Inc. and its subsidiaries (referred herein as “the Company”) is a leading provider of brilliantly simple business communication solutions, comprised of integrated voice, video, data and mobile applications based on Internet Protocol (“IP”) technologies. The Company focuses on the small and medium sized businesses, with a Unified Communications (“UC”) platform that allows them to communicate anytime, anyplace, and through any device that they choose. The Company’s strategy is to provide customers with a flexible choice of deployment options: either operating the Company’s solution by subscribing to our cloud-based communication services, in their own onsite data centers or a hybrid combination of both.

On July 26, 2017, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with Mitel US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Shelby Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”) and, with respect to certain obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, Mitel Networks Corporation, a Canadian corporation. See Note 18 for additional details regarding this definitive agreement.

Fiscal Year End – The Company operates on a fiscal year ending June 30.

Principles of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries located worldwide. All transactions and balances between the parent and the subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The use of estimates is included in certain areas including revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, inventory and other assets valuation, accrued taxes and surcharges, accounting for income taxes and accounting for goodwill and purchased intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk – Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2017, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were managed by multiple financial institutions. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. At June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 one value-added distributor accounted for 50% and 42% of the total accounts receivable, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their respective fair market values due to the short maturities of these financial instruments. Refer to Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the methods used to determine the fair value of short-term investments. Refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the methods used to determine the fair value of the line of credit.

Cash and Cash Equivalents – The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of less than three months at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained with various financial institutions.

Investments – The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of U.S. Government agency securities, corporate bonds and commercial paper. These investments are held in the custody of two major financial institutions. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost basis of disposed fixed income securities. At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s investments were classified as available-for-sale. These investments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with net unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

57

The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments is considered to be other-than-temporary. An impairment is considered other-than-temporary if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its entire amortized cost basis, or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security. If an impairment is considered other-than-temporary based on (i) or (ii) described above, the entire difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of the security is recognized in earnings. If an impairment is considered other-than-temporary based on condition (iii), the amount representing credit losses, defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the debt security, will be recognized in earnings and the amount relating to all other factors will be recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). In estimating the amount and timing of cash flows expected to be collected, the Company considers all available information including past events, current conditions, the remaining payment terms of the security, the financial condition of the issuer, expected defaults, and the value of underlying collateral. The Company has determined that gross unrealized losses on short-term investments at June 30, 2017 and 2016 are temporary in nature because each investment meets our investment policy and credit quality requirements. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until they recover their unrealized losses, which may not be until maturity. Evidence that we will recover our investments outweighs evidence to the contrary.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon its assessment of various factors. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required.

The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized as follows (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Allowance for doubtful accounts - beginning	$	678		$	631		$	636
Current period provision		217			216			182
Provision related to the acquisition of a business		—			79			—
Write-offs charged to allowance, net of recoveries		(395	)		(248	)		(187	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts - ending	$	500		$	678		$	631

Inventories – Inventories, which consist principally of raw materials, finished goods and inventories held by distributors are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined under a standard cost method that approximates first-in, first-out. The Company accounts for excess and obsolete inventory by reducing the carrying value to the estimated market value of the inventory based upon management’s assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Property and Equipment – Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the asset or the lease term.

Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed – Development costs of computer software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are subject to capitalization beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. In most instances, the Company’s products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established; therefore, costs incurred subsequent to achievement of technological feasibility are usually not significant. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the product. The Company evaluates the realizability of the assets and the related periods of amortization on a regular basis. Judgment is required in determining when technological feasibility of a product is established as well as its economic life.

Business Combinations – The Company recognizes identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to

58

one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill to the extent the Company identifies adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets – Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis on June 30th and, when specific circumstances dictate, between annual tests. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. The Company has a single reporting unit. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, identifying a potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step would need to be conducted; otherwise, no further steps are necessary as no potential impairment exists. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying value over the respective implied fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. There was no impairment of goodwill identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Purchased-intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods of benefit, ranging from two to eight years. The Company performs a review of purchased-intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than it had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of purchased-intangible assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the useful life of the asset is shorter than originally estimated, the Company accelerates the rate of amortization and amortizes the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. There was no impairment of purchased-intangible assets identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Long-Lived Assets – The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from such an asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, an impairment loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. There was no impairment of long-lived assets identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Treasury Shares – From time to time, the Company repurchases shares of its common stock, depending on market conditions, in the open market, in accordance with programs authorized by the Board of Directors. Repurchased shares are held as treasury stock until such time as they are retired or re-issued. Retirements of treasury stock are non-cash equity transactions in which the reacquired shares are returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares and the cost is recorded as a reduction to both retained earnings and treasury stock.

Revenue Recognition – The Company derives its revenue from the sale of cloud-based and onsite-based Unified Communication systems and services.

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as hardware and software products and/or services, we allocate revenue to each element based on relative selling prices. The relative selling price is determined using vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) when available. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to determine the third party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for the deliverables. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately by the competitors. Generally, our product offerings differ from those of our competitors and comparable pricing of our competitors is often not available. Therefore, we are typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use estimated selling prices (“ESP”) in our allocation of arrangement fees. The ESP for a deliverable is determined as the price at which we would transact if the products or services were sold on a stand-alone basis.

59

Hosted and Related Services Revenues:

The Company’s hosted and related services and solutions consist primarily of our proprietary hosted voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) UC system as well as other services such as foreign and domestic calling plans, certain UC applications, internet service provisioning, training and other professional services. Additionally, the Company offers their customers the ability to purchase phones from them directly or rent such phones as part of their service agreements. The customers are not required to purchase phones from the Company directly as they can independently purchase such equipment. Customers enter into a one to three-year service agreement whereby they are billed for such services on a monthly basis.

Monthly recurring hosted services are recognized on a straight line basis in the period when the service is delivered. The installation fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated customer life.

The Company bills most of the monthly recurring hosted service revenue a month in advance. Any amounts billed and collected, but for which the service is not yet delivered, are included in deferred revenue. These amounts are recognized as revenues only when the service is delivered.

The Company maintains a reserve for credits provided to customers for outages, quality issues, billing disputes or changes in the service levels that are included in the amounts that were billed in advance. The reserve for such credits is based on historical experiences and trends. The Company also maintains a reserve for amounts that are deemed as uncollectible.

Product and Support and Services Revenues:

The sale of IP telecommunication systems includes hardware, primarily phones and voice switches, software components and may also include training, installation, professional services and post-contractual support for the products. The Company’s business strategy is centered on selling to enterprise customers through channel partners rather than directly. Channel partners include resellers as well as value-added distributors who in turn sell to the resellers. Sales to value-added distributors allow the Company to leverage its existing distribution infrastructure and sales personnel.

The typical system includes a combination of IP phones, switches and UC software applications. For sales transactions made both direct and to resellers revenue is recognized at the time of shipment provided that all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. For sales to value-added distributors, revenue is initially deferred and is recognized at the time of sale by the distributor to their customer, provided all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. The Company refers to this distribution approach as its two-tier distribution model and the recognition of revenue at the time of sale by the distributor as the sell through method.

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred (depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies and significant uncertainties, and collection is reasonably assured. The fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices. The agreements with reseller partners generally do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. Even though substantially all of the contractual agreements do not provide return privileges, there are circumstances for which the Company will accept a return. The Company maintains a reserve for such returns based on historical experience with reseller partners. The agreements with the Company’s value-added distributors allow for limited rights of return of products generally purchased within the previous 90 days. In addition to such return rights, the Company generally offers price protection provisions to its distributors when there is a permanent reduction of its sales prices. In such cases, the Company is obligated to grant the distributor a credit for the difference between the changes in the aggregate price of any amounts that have been purchased but unsold by the distributor as of the effective date of such decrease. In addition, certain of the Company’s distributors stock phones and switches and purchase licenses only upon sale to a value added reseller or end customer. Revenue is deferred for distributors until the distributor sells the hardware and license to their customer which would constitute a complete configuration of our system. To the extent that the Company’s agreements contain acceptance terms, the Company recognizes revenue upon product acceptance, unless the acceptance provision is deemed to be perfunctory. Payment terms to customers generally range from net 30 to net 60 days. In the event payment terms are extended materially from the Company’s standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payment becomes due. The Company assesses the ability to collect from its customers based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness and past transaction history of the customer. If the customer is not deemed credit worthy, the

60

Company defers all revenue from the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue. Provisions for return allowances are recorded at the time revenue is recognized based on the Company’s historical experience. The provision for return allowances is recorded as a reduction to revenues on the statement of operations and is included as a reduction to accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company’s transactions and are recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Nearly all of the Company’s system sales include the purchase of post-contractual support contracts with terms of up to five years, and the renewal rates on these contracts have been high historically. The Company recognizes support revenue on a ratable basis over the term of the support contract. Since the Company receives payment for support in advance of recognizing the related revenue, the Company carries a deferred revenue balance on the consolidated balance sheet.

Most of the products and services included in an onsite-based system qualify as separate units of accounting. Many of the Company’s products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the essential functionality of the integrated system product. The Company analyzes all of its software and non-software products and services and considers the features and functionalities of the individual elements and the stand alone sales of those individual components among other factors, to determine which elements are essential or non-essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system product. The Company recognizes revenue related to installation services and training upon delivery of the service.

The Company’s core software, which we refer to as “essential software,” is integrated with hardware and is essential to the functionality of the integrated system product. The Company also sells additional software which provides increased features and functions, but is not essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system products, which we refer to as “non-essential software.” At the initial purchase, the customer generally bundles together the hardware, essential software, non-essential software, as needed, and up to five years of post-contractual support. Thereafter, if the enterprise customer increases its end users and system functionality, it may add more hardware, both essential and non-essential software components, and related post-contractual support by purchasing them separately.

The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the non-essential software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the accounting guidance. The non-essential software deliverables included in a multiple element arrangement are subject to the industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. As the Company has not been able to obtain VSOE for all of the non-essential software deliverables in the arrangement, revenue allocated to the delivered non-essential software elements is recognized using the residual method in accordance with industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue recognized for the delivered non-essential software elements equaled the total allocated consideration less the VSOE of any undelivered elements bundled with such non-essential software elements.

The Company has been able to establish VSOE for its professional and post contractual support services mainly based on the volume and the pricing of the stand-alone sales for these services within a narrow range. The Company establishes its ESP for products by considering factors including, but not limited to, geographies, customer segments and pricing practices. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE and ESP and maintains internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

Channel Partner Programs and Incentives – The Company records estimated reductions to revenues for channel partner programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. The Company also accrues for co-op marketing funds as a marketing expense if the Company receives an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues.

Warranties – The majority of the Company’s products are covered by a one-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. Estimated contractual warranty obligations are recorded when related sales are recognized based on historical experience. The determination of such provision requires the Company to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the product under warranty. If actual costs differ significantly

61

from these estimates, additional amounts are recorded when such costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. The provisions for product warranties are recorded within cost of goods sold on the statement of operations and included within accrued liabilities and other on the balance sheet and are insignificant for fiscal 2017 and 2016.

Research and Development Costs – Research and development expenses primarily include personnel costs, outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype costs, test equipment, software usage fees and facilities expenses. Research and development expenses are recognized when incurred.

Income and Telecom Taxes – The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for any tax benefit of which future realization is uncertain. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if applicable, are recognized in the income tax provision.

As a provider of communication services, the Company assesses whether to include the taxes and surcharges collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, including Universal Service Fund charges, sales, use, and various surcharges, in the Company’s revenues and expenses. This assessment includes whether the Company is the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where the Company does business. In jurisdictions where the Company determines that it is the principal taxpayer, the Company records the surcharges these within revenues and cost of hosted and related services in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as well as within accrued taxes and surcharges in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In jurisdictions where the Company determines that it is merely a collection agent for the government authority, the Company does not include them in our revenues and cost of hosted and related services.

Stock-Based Compensation – The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. The Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan. Generally, stock options granted to employees vest 25% at one year and then 1/36^th monthly thereafter, and restricted stock units issued generally vest 25% at one, two, three and four years, and have a term of ten years.

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
Cost of hosted and related services revenue	$	261	$	1,272	$	1,215
Cost of product revenue		53		64		74
Cost of support and services revenue		370		590		497
Research and development		2,256		1,854		1,928
Sales and marketing		2,909		2,569		2,391
General and administrative		3,940		2,522		2,308
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	9,789	$	8,871	$	8,413

Foreign Currency Translation – The Company’s foreign operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and foreign currency transaction costs; however, the majority of sales transactions are denominated in U.S.

62

dollars. The functional currency of the subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency denominated sales, costs and expenses are recorded at the average exchange rates during the year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations within other income (expense), net.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) – Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) only includes unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings, which responds to SEC staff announcements made in 2016 as it relates to the disclosure of the future impact of the effects of the new FASB guidance on revenue, leases and credit losses on financial instruments. This accounting guidance was effective upon issuance in January 2017. As of January 1, 2017, the Company has adopted ASU 2017-03 and has made the required disclosures within the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – an accounting standard that supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. New disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers are also required. From August 2015 through December 2016, the FASB issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance within ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-11, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20. These amendments are intended to improve and clarify the implementation guidance of Topic 606. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017; early adoption is permitted for periods beginning after December 15, 2016. This guidance may be applied retrospectively (a) to each reporting period presented or (b) with the cumulative effect in retained earnings at the beginning of the adoption period.

The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of its pending adoption of this guidance on its revenue transactions, including any impacts on associated processes, systems, and internal controls. The Company has started reviewing each of its revenue streams that may be impacted by the adoption of this guidance, including the determination whether the performance obligations will change as compared to current generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), as well as determining the stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation. The Company is also assessing if sales commissions will need to be capitalized upon adoption of the new ASU and evaluating the proper period over which to amortize these capitalized costs. In addition, the Company is evaluating revenue recognition related to sales made to resellers and value-added distributors. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and any preliminary assessments are subject to change.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Under this ASU, inventory will be measured at the “lower of cost and net realizable value” and options that currently exist for “market value” will be eliminated. The ASU defines net realizable value as the “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.” No other changes were made to the current guidance on inventory measurement. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the lease accounting requirements in Topic 840. This ASU requires a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a

63

lessee would account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of use asset and a corresponding lease liability. For finance leases, the lessee would recognize interest expense and amortization of the right-of-use asset, and for operating leases, the lessee would recognize a straight-line total lease expense. The guidance also requires qualitative and specific quantitative disclosures to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements so that users can understand more about the nature of an entity’s leasing activities, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including certain income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. Under the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses, which the FASB believes will result in more timely recognition of such losses. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which addresses the appropriate cash flow classification, including requirements to allocate certain components of these cash receipts and payments among operating, investing and financing activities for certain cash receipts and cash payments. The retrospective transition method, requiring adjustment to all comparative periods presented, is required unless it is impracticable for some of the amendments, in which case those amendments would be prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. This accounting guidance is effective for financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements, which includes numerous technical corrections and clarifications to GAAP that are designed to remove inconsistencies in the board’s accounting guidance. Several provisions in this accounting guidance are effective immediately which did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additional provisions in this accounting guidance are effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The guidance is effective for annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which provides guidance to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating the Step 2 procedure from the goodwill impairment test. An entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds

64

the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect that its adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Scope of Modification Accounting, which amends the requirements in GAAP related to accounting for changes to the terms of share-based compensation awards. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that its adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd Acquisition

On November 16, 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd. (“M5 Australia”), a privately-held company based in Australia and a provider of hosted unified communications solutions, for a total cash consideration of $6.1 million (8.5 million Australian dollars). The acquisition accelerates the Company’s growth and expansion of providing hosted unified communications services in Australia.

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the acquisition of M5 Australia was recorded using the acquisition method. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the fair value of the consideration was allocated to assets and liabilities assumed at their fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration paid over the fair values of net assets and liabilities acquired and identifiable intangible assets resulted in recognition of goodwill of approximately $5.2 million. The goodwill consists largely of expected expansion of the customer base and market share within the Australian hosted communications industry. The goodwill recorded is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Purchase Price Allocation

The total purchase price was allocated to M5 Australia’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of November 16, 2015 as set forth below. The following is the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

	(In thousands)			Estimated Useful Lives (In years)
Cash acquired	$	224
Other current assets		386
Intangible assets:
Customer relationships		1,300			5
Goodwill		5,210
Other long-term assets		164
Other liabilities assumed		(1,174	)
	$	6,110

The Company recognized $0.3 million associated with legal, accounting, consulting and other costs directly related to the acquisition as acquisition-related costs within the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2016.

Corvisa LLC Acquisition

On January 6, 2016, the Company acquired all of the outstanding membership interest in Corvisa LLC (“Corvisa”), a provider of cloud-based communications solutions, for total cash consideration of $8.7 million. The acquisition accelerates the Company’s growth and expansion of its hosted unified communications service offering.

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the acquisition of Corvisa was recorded using the acquisition method. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the fair value of the consideration was allocated

65

to assets and liabilities assumed at their fair values. The fair value of purchased identifiable intangible assets was derived from model-based valuations from significant unobservable inputs (“Level 3 inputs”) determined by management. The fair value of purchased identifiable intangible assets was determined using the Company’s discounted cash flow models from operating projections prepared by management using a market participant rate of 35.0%. The excess of the preliminary fair value of consideration paid over the preliminary fair values of net assets and liabilities acquired and identifiable intangible assets resulted in recognition of goodwill of approximately $1.5 million. The goodwill consists largely of expected expansion of the customer base and market share within hosted communications industry. The goodwill recorded is deductible for income tax purposes.

Purchase Price Allocation

The total purchase price was allocated to Corvisa’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of January 6, 2016 as set forth below. The following is the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

	(In thousands)			Estimated Useful Lives (In years)
Cash acquired	$	227
Other current assets		933
Intangible assets:
Existing technology		3,400			5
Customer relationships		100			3
Favorable leases		178			6
Goodwill		1,489
Other long-term assets		3,301
Other liabilities assumed		(966	)
	$	8,662

The Company recognized $1.2 million associated with legal, accounting, consulting and other costs directly related to the acquisition as acquisition-related costs within the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2016.

66

3. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Balance sheet components consisted of the following:

	As of June 30,
	2017			2016
	(Amounts in thousands)
Inventories:
Raw materials	$	52		$	57
Distributor inventory		2,192			1,677
Finished goods		9,380			10,754
Total inventories	$	11,624		$	12,488
Property and equipment:
Computer equipment and tooling	$	35,872		$	33,739
Customer premise equipment		23,522			17,194
Software		7,932			7,328
Furniture and fixtures		3,676			3,880
Leasehold improvements & others		9,643			8,836
Total property and equipment		80,645			70,977
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(61,579	)		(49,426	)
Property and equipment – net	$	19,066		$	21,551
Deferred revenue:
Product	$	7,076		$	5,433
Support and services		61,485			59,465
Hosted and related services		14,208			12,807
Total deferred revenue	$	82,769		$	77,705

Depreciation expense for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $12.9 million, $11.9 million and $10.6 million, respectively.

4. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term investments (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	23,213	$	—	$	(27	)	$	23,186
U.S. Government agency securities		25,524		—		(45	)		25,479
Total short-term investments	$	48,737	$	—	$	(72	)	$	48,665

	June 30, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	26,359	$	9	$	(5	)	$	26,363
U.S. Government agency securities		20,038		32		—			20,070
Total short-term investments	$	46,397	$	41	$	(5	)	$	46,433

Tax amounts related to unrealized gains (losses) were immaterial for all periods presented.

67

The following table summarizes the maturities of the Company’s short-term investments by contractual maturity (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Less than 1 year	$	43,058	$	42,993
Due in 1 to 3 years		5,679		5,672
	$	48,737	$	48,665

	June 30, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Less than 1 year	$	28,107	$	28,114
Due in 1 to 3 years		18,290		18,319
	$	46,397	$	46,433

Actual maturities may differ from the contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay certain obligations.

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized.

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

	Total
As of June 30, 2015	$	122,750
Addition		6,699
As of June 30, 2016	$	129,449
As of June 30, 2017	$	129,449

Intangible assets

The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017							June 30, 2016
	Gross Carrying ‎Amount		Accumulated‎ Amortization			Net Carrying‎ Amount		Gross Carrying ‎Amount		Accumulated‎ Amortization			Net Carrying‎ Amount
Patents	$	5,296	$	(4,140	)	$	1,156	$	4,446	$	(3,919	)	$	527
Technology		31,434		(27,243	)		4,191		31,434		(23,523	)		7,911
Customer relationships		24,700		(18,093	)		6,607		24,700		(14,513	)		10,187
Other		178		(45	)		133		178		(15	)		163
Intangible assets	$	61,608	$	(49,521	)	$	12,087	$	60,758	$	(41,970	)	$	18,788

The intangible assets are being amortized over useful lives ranging from 2 years to 8 years.

Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $7.6 million, $8.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively.

68

The estimated future amortization expenses for intangible assets, excluding intangible assets in process and other, for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending June 30,
2018	$	5,683
2019		4,180
2020		1,437
2021		647
2022		140
Thereafter		—
Total	$	12,087

6. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal market (or most advantageous market, in the absence of a principal market) for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Further, entities are required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in measuring fair value, and to utilize a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

• Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable or are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.

• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, and reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The tables below set forth the Company’s financial instruments and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	1,485	$	1,485	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Corporate notes and commercial paper		23,186		—		23,186		—
U.S. Government agency securities		25,479		—		25,479		—
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	$	50,150	$	1,485	$	48,665	$	—

The above table excludes $65.7 million of cash balances on deposit at banks.

	June 30, 2016
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	3,533	$	3,533	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Corporate notes and commercial paper		26,363		—		26,363		—
U.S. Government agency securities		20,070		—		20,070		—
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	$	49,966	$	3,533	$	46,433	$	—

The above table excludes $58.2 million of cash balances on deposit at banks.

69

There were foreign exchange forward contracts (see Note 15) outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 which were entered into by the Company on the last day of the period. This fair value is not material.

Money market funds are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices in active markets. Short-term investments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on other observable inputs, including broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources. When quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, the Company relies on non-binding quotes from independent pricing services. Non-binding quotes are based on proprietary valuation models prepared by independent pricing services. These models use algorithms based on inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, historical pricing trends of a security as relative to its peers, internal assumptions of the independent pricing service and statistically supported models. The Company corroborates the reasonableness of non-binding quotes received from the independent pricing service by comparing them to the (a) actual experience gained from the purchases and redemption of investment securities, (b) quotes received on similar securities obtained when purchasing securities and (c) monitoring changes in ratings of similar securities and the related impact on the fair value. The types of instruments valued based on other observable inputs include U.S. government agency securities, corporate bonds, and commercial paper. The Company reviewed financial and non-financial assets and liabilities and concluded that there were no other-than-temporary impairment charges during fiscal 2017 and 2016. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy on a quarterly basis. Changes in the ability to observe valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels of certain securities within the fair value hierarchy. The Company recognizes transfers into and out of levels within the fair value hierarchy as of the date in which the actual event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer occurs. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy for any of the periods presented.

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment are evaluated for impairment and adjusted to fair value using Level 3 inputs, only when impairment is recognized. Fair values are considered Level 3 when management makes significant assumptions in developing a discounted cash flow model based upon a number of considerations including projections of revenues, earnings and a discount rate. In addition, in evaluating the fair value of goodwill impairment, further corroboration is obtained using the Company’s market capitalization. There were no indicators of impairment during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 that required a nonrecurring fair value analysis to be performed on non-financial assets.

7. LINE OF CREDIT

On October 22, 2014, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement which was further amended on December 1, 2014 and again on August 5, 2015 (“Credit Facility”). This Credit Facility replaces the Company’s previous credit facility. The Credit Facility includes a revolving loan facility for an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $100.0 million. The Credit Facility matures on October 22, 2019 and is payable in full upon maturity. The amounts borrowed and repaid under the Credit Facility are available for future borrowings. The borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest (at the election of the Company) either at (i) the London interbank offered rate then in effect, plus a margin of between 1.50% and 2.25%, which is based on the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility), or (ii) the higher of (a) the bank’s publicly-announced prime rate then in effect and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case of (a) or (b), plus a margin of between 0.00% and 0.50%, which will be based upon the Company’s consolidated EBITDA. The Company also pays commitment fees during the term of the Credit Facility which vary depending on the Company’s consolidated EBITDA. The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. As of June 30, 2017, the Company had $51.7 million available for borrowing under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including compliance with financial ratios and metrics. The Credit Facility and the related amendment requires the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of liquidity to its indebtedness (each as defined in the Credit Facility) and varying amounts of Liquidity and Consolidated EBITDA specified in the Credit Facility throughout the term of the agreement. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of June 30, 2017.

As of June 30, 2017, no amounts were outstanding under the Credit Facility. The Company amortizes deferred financing costs to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the Credit Facility.

70

8. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic net loss per share is determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic net loss per common share calculation, plus the number of common shares that would be issued assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities outstanding under the treasury stock method.

The following table is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (in thousands other than per share amounts):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(12,443	)	$	(4,792	)	$	(4,404	)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)		68,100			66,405			63,953
Net loss per share
Basic and diluted	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.07	)

Anti-dilutive weighted shares related to stock-based options and awards excluded from the calculation of diluted shares were approximately 5.0 million, 4.9 million, and 3.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

9. INCOME TAXES

The components of loss before income taxes consist of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Domestic	$	(12,842	)	$	(5,375	)	$	(4,416	)
Foreign		1,337			1,143			973
Total	$	(11,505	)	$	(4,232	)	$	(3,443	)

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Current:
Federal	$	1		$	(129	)	$	159
State		272			100			528
Foreign		757			685			299
Total current income tax		1,030			656			986
Deferred:
Federal		34			17			—
State		5			2			—
Foreign		(131	)		(115	)		(25	)
Total deferred income tax		(92	)		(96	)		(25	)
Provision for income taxes	$	938		$	560		$	961

71

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to loss before benefit from income tax is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Benefit from income tax at federal statutory rate	$	(3,913	)	$	(1,439	)	$	(1,140	)
Non deductible expenses		302			385			442
Federal Alternative Minimum Tax		1			(129	)		159
Stock-based compensation		306			273			314
Fair value of escrow settlement modification		—			—			225
Credits		(976	)		(1,775	)		(574	)
State taxes		272			100			528
Other		211			201			(56	)
Increase in valuation allowance		4,735			2,944			1,063
Total	$	938		$	560		$	961

Significant components of deferred tax assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2017			2016
Deferred Tax Assets
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	32,598		$	29,015
Tax credit carryforwards		24,116			20,659
Stock compensation		5,782			11,295
Deferred revenue		3,337			3,330
Other		6,866			6,955
Gross deferred tax assets		72,699			71,254
Valuation allowance		(72,158	)		(69,413	)
Total deferred tax assets		541			1,841
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Acquistion intangibles		(312	)		(1,927	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(312	)		(1,927	)
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	229		$	(86	)

During the year ended June 30, 2017, the decrease in the Company’s deferred tax assets of $1.3 million was primarily due to changes in accruals, partially offset by an increase in tax credit and loss carryforwards. In addition, the decrease in the Company’s total deferred tax liabilities of $1.6 million was due to the amortization of the identifiable intangible property. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is based on several factors, such as the Company’s history of past earnings, the scheduling of deferred tax liabilities and projected future income from operating activities. As of June 30, 2017, management does not believe it is more likely than not that the net U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets are realizable. The Company intends to maintain the valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of some or all of the allowance. The Company’s future income tax expense (benefit) will be affected in the event changes to the valuation allowance are required.

The Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $107.1 million as of June 30, 2017, which expire at various dates between 2023 and 2037. These net operating loss carryforwards include the effects of a favorable tax ruling determined under Section 382 by the Internal Revenue Service in March 2010 as well as federal net operating loss carryforwards available from prior acquisitions. The Company has not completed Section 382 studies for net operating losses incurred in the years subsequent to July 2007. Upon the completion of these studies, the amount of net operating losses available for utilization may be limited. Included in the net operating loss carryforward is approximately $13.1 million (pretax) of net operating loss attributable to excess stock option deductions. The related tax benefit of $4.4 million, if realized, will be recorded as additional

72

paid-in capital. Including the net operating loss carryforwards available from prior acquisitions, the Company had California and other state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $19.9 million and $9.8 million, respectively, which expire at various dates between fiscal 2018 and 2037.

As of June 30, 2017, the Company had $17.5 million in both Federal and California tax credit carryforwards. The federal tax credit carry forwards expire at various dates between 2023 and 2037. The California tax credits may be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company has not provided U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because it is management’s intention to permanently reinvest such undistributed earnings outside of the United States. The Company evaluates its circumstances and reassesses this determination on a periodic basis. As of June 30, 2017, the determination of the unrecorded deferred tax liability related to these earnings was not practicable. If circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries will be remitted in the foreseeable future, the Company will be required to recognize a deferred tax liability on those amounts.

The Company maintains liabilities for uncertain tax positions. These liabilities involve considerable judgment and estimation and are continuously monitored by management based on the best information available, including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases, and other pertinent information. As of June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company's total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was approximately $6.0 million, $6.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

The aggregate annual changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Beginning balance	$	6,274		$	5,065		$	4,165
Decrease in tax positions for prior years		(1,210	)		(24	)		—
Increase in tax positions for prior years		142			—			—
Increase in tax positions for current year		841			1,233			900
Ending balance	$	6,047		$	6,274		$	5,065

As of June 30, 2017, the Company's total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was approximately $6.0 million, of which, only $0.4 million, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change materially over the next 12 months.

While management believes that the Company has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by tax authorities could be greater or less than the recorded position. Accordingly, the Company’s provisions on federal, state and foreign tax-related matters to be recorded in the future may change as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

The Company’s primary tax jurisdiction is the United States. For federal and state tax purposes, the tax years 2001 through 2015 remain open and subject to tax examination by the appropriate federal or state taxing authorities.

10. COMMON STOCK

Common Shares Reserved for Issuance

At June 30, 2017, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

Reserved under stock option plans	4,041
Reserved under employee stock purchase plan	3,189
Total	7,230

73

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Equity Stock Incentive Plans

The Company grants nonqualified (“NQSO”), restricted stock awards and restricted stock units to officers, directors, employees and consultants under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”). The 2015 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options and NQSOs for over a period not to exceed ten years and at exercise prices that are not less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors. Stock options issued under the 2015 Plan generally vest 25% at one year and then 1/36^th monthly thereafter, and restricted stock units issued under the 2015 Plan generally vest 25% at one, two, three and four years.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Shares Subject to Options Outstanding			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (In years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at July 1, 2016		6,268		$	6.31
Options granted		1,503			7.91
Options exercised		(488	)		4.95
Options cancelled/forfeited		(741	)		7.86
Balance at June 30, 2017		6,542		$	6.61		6.54	$	2,480
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2017		5,747		$	6.47		6.25	$	2,479
Options exercisable at June 30, 2017		4,043		$	6.03		5.33	$	2,434

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $3.21, $3.22, and $3.02, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $1.0 million, $4.9 million, and $3.2 million, respectively, and represents the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the dates of exercise and the exercise price of the options.

The following table summarizes information about outstanding and exercisable options at June 30, 2017 (in thousands, except years and exercise prices):

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Exercise Prices	Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$3.50 - 4.25		322		5.10	$	4.03		322	$	4.03
$4.31		710		5.73		4.31		691		4.31
$4.35 - 5.15		812		4.24		4.79		795		4.79
$5.25 - 6.61		1,011		5.68		6.28		743		6.35
$6.64 - 7.23		664		7.10		6.87		366		6.81
$7.25 - 7.41		724		8.10		7.36		322		7.36
$7.42 - 8.02		1,063		7.53		7.77		403		7.70
$8.03		33		9.20		8.03		—		—
$8.04		760		9.13		8.04		—		—
$8.12 - 13.73		443		4.69		9.04		401		9.03
Total		6,542		6.54	$	6.61		4,043	$	6.03

74

Stock-based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the use of the following assumptions: (i) the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, which is based on a blended rate of the Company’s own common stock volatility and the volatility data of certain peer companies; (ii) the expected term which is the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding based on Company’s actual historic grant, exercise, and post-vesting forfeiture data; (iii) an expected dividend yield, which is assumed to be 0% as the Company has not paid and, as of the date of grant, did not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future; and (iv) a risk-free interest rate, which is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to expected term of the option award. The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation method, with the following assumptions:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017	2016	2015
Expected life from grant date of option	5.15-5.17 years	5.09-5.13 years	5.04-5.09 years
Risk-free interest rate	1.13-1.94%	1.24-1.59%	1.45-1.70%
Expected volatility	39-45%	46-48%	49-50%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%

As of June 30, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted to employees and non-employee directors was $3.2 million, net of estimated forfeitures, which the Company expects to recognize over 2.6 years. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, any unvested stock option will be cancelled upon consummation of the merger.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On November 9, 2016, the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2016 ESPP”) was approved by stockholders. The 2016 ESPP is the successor to the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2007 ESPP”) which terminated automatically in October 2016. A total of 3.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2016 ESPP. The 2016 ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discount through payroll deductions. Offering periods are six-months long commencing on May 1^st and November 1^st, each year, and employees are able to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the first day of an offering period or on the purchase date (the last day of the applicable offering period). The terms of the 2007 ESPP were substantially the same as the terms of the 2016 ESPP as explained in the paragraph above.

Pursuant to the definitive agreement entered into with Mitel, the Company’s ESPP was suspended on July 26, 2017, the date of the Merger Agreement, and the Company subsequently refunded contributions received from participating employees. The ESPP will be terminated upon the consummation of the merger. The Company expects that there will be no further offering periods under the ESPP prior to its termination in connection with the closing of the merger. Refer to Note 18 for additional details regarding this definitive agreement.

The fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the ESPP is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017	2016	2015
Expected life from grant date of ESPP	0.33-0.50 years	0.50 years	0.50 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.40-1.08%	0.14-0.41%	0.06-0.09%
Expected volatility	32-37%	29-37%	35-43%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%

Expenses related to shares issued under the ESPP are included in stock-based compensation expense. The Company issued 689,007 shares and 737,806 shares under the ESPP in fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively, at a weighted average price per share of $5.30 and $5.51, respectively. As of June 30, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP plan was $0.4 million, which the Company expects to recognize over 0.5 years.

75

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock award and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended June 30, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):

	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding - July 1, 2016		1,927		$	6.99
Awarded		1,302			7.73
Released		(629	)		6.83
Forfeited		(398	)		7.40
Outstanding - June 30, 2017		2,202		$	7.39

The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units granted during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $10.1 million, $9.3 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

As permitted under the 2007 Plan, in fiscal 2016, the Company issued 26,773 shares of restricted stock awards, with a fair value of $0.2 million, to non-employee directors electing to receive them in lieu of an annual cash retainer. These shares were issued quarterly and vest immediately upon issuance. No restricted stock awards were issued in fiscal 2017.

As of June 30, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards and units awarded to employees and directors was $5.0 million, net of estimated forfeitures, which the Company expects to recognize over 2.5 years. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, any unvested restricted stock units will be cancelled upon consummation of the merger.

12. TREASURY STOCK

In May 2016, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company's common stock from time to time at the discretion of our management. This stock repurchase authorization has no expiration date.

Under these programs, the Company may repurchase shares in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions. Repurchases are funded with cash and cash generated from operations. The timing and amount of specific repurchase transactions will depend upon market conditions, corporate considerations and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The Company accounts for repurchased shares of common stock as treasury stock. Treasury shares are recorded at cost and are included as a component of stockholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheet.

A summary of the approved and active share buyback program is shown in the following table:

	Shares Repurchased			Average Price per Share		Value of Shares Repurchased		Remaining Amount Authorized
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Balance as of July 1, 2016								$	—
Authorization of repurchase shares in May 2016									20,000
Repurchase of common stock		(126	)	$	6.49	$	819		(819	)
Balance as of June 30, 2016									19,181
Repurchase of common stock		(339	)	$	6.77	$	2,298		(2,298	)
Balance as of June 30, 2017								$	16,883

There were no share repurchases in fiscal 2015.

There were no retirements of treasury stock during fiscal years 2017, 2016, and 2015.

76

13. LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation - As of June 30, 2017, the Company is involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of the ordinary course of business or otherwise. Any litigation, regardless of outcome, is costly and time-consuming, can divert the attention of management and key personnel from business operations, deter distributors from selling the Company’s products and dissuade potential customers from purchasing the Company’s products. The Company defends itself vigorously against any such claims. With the exception of the items specifically noted herein, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, the Company is unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time, however the Company does not believe a material loss is probable.

On September 15, 2011, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and several other companies in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas by a patent holding company alleging patent infringement. On July 22, 2015, the Company and the plaintiff executed settlement and license agreements. On July 23, 2015, the Company and the plaintiff filed a stipulation with the Court to dismiss all claims and counterclaims with prejudice, which the Court granted on July 31, 2015. The Company recorded a $1.0 million charge related to past damages related to the settlement and license agreements. This charge is classified as product cost of revenue within the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. The settlement and license agreements also include an ongoing royalty on certain products which are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial results.

Arbitration - On March 21, 2013, the Company provided Fortis Advisors LLC (“Fortis”), as representative of the former shareholders of M5 Networks, Inc. (“M5”), with a Claim Certificate disclosing certain claims for indemnification under the January 31, 2012 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between M5 and the Company (the “Purchase Agreement”). Thereafter, the Company and Fortis engaged in negotiations in an attempt to resolve the indemnification claims asserted by the Company. In September 2013, the Company received notice of commencement of an arbitration proceeding by Fortis on behalf of the former shareholders of M5. Through the arbitration, Fortis sought a declaration that the Company’s claims for indemnification be precluded. On October 11, 2013, the Company served its response, denying all of Fortis’ allegations and asserting counterclaims for breach of the Purchase Agreement and declaratory relief. The arbitrator held a hearing with the parties from October 13, 2014 through October 16, 2014, addressing certain of the Company’s claims. The arbitrator issued his ruling on the matter on December 5, 2014.

On February 19, 2015, the Company and Fortis entered into an agreement to settle the escrow claim with a payout in cash to the Company in the amount of $2.1 million, with all other cash and shares held in escrow being released to the former shareholders of M5. As the settlement payout ratio of cash and stock mix differed from the Purchase Agreement, the Company recognized a $0.7 million modification accounting charge related to the change in fair value of foregone stock per the Purchase Agreement. The fair value of the common stock was measured using the closing price of our common stock as of February 19, 2015, the final settlement date.

Per the Purchase Agreement, the non-prevailing party was required to reimburse professional fees of the prevailing party. The arbitration ruling in December 2014 determined the former M5 shareholders to be the prevailing party, thus the Company was deemed to be required to reimburse professional fees incurred by former M5 shareholders related to the escrow proceedings. The Company and Fortis entered into an agreement to settle the professional fee reimbursement for $2.5 million, as such, the Company recognized this amount as a professional fee reimbursement charge classified as settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Indemnification asset - As a result of the arbitration settlement made between the parties noted above, the Company recorded an impairment of the related indemnification asset to adjust the carrying value to the amount it realized from the related escrow proceeds. During fiscal 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $3.6 million classified as settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations. The carrying amount of the indemnification asset was zero at June 30, 2015 as the settlement amount of $2.1 million was received during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Contingencies - During fiscal 2015 the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issued a Notice of Proposed Adjustment (“NOPA”) resulting from a withholding tax audit of payments made to non-U.S. vendors during calendar years 2008 through 2012. The NOPA asserts a liability for under-withheld taxes of approximately

77

$2.0 million, plus related penalties and estimated interest of approximately $1.3 million. In connection with the asserted NOPA, the Company accrued $1.1 million for the liability during fiscal 2015, accrued an additional $0.1 million during fiscal 2016 and released $30,000 due to final settlement of this matter for $1.2 million during fiscal 2017.

Settlements and defense fees - Settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2017 and 2016 were comprised of an IRS proposed adjustment. Settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations of $8.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 were comprised of a $3.6 million impairment of the indemnification asset charge, a $2.5 million charge for professional fee reimbursement, a $0.7 million modification accounting charge related to the change in fair value of foregone stock per the Purchase Agreement, $1.1 million related to an IRS proposed adjustment and $0.6 million in professional fees incurred in connection with an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Leases - The Company leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases which expire at various times through 2023. The leases provide for the lessee to pay all costs of utilities, insurance, and taxes. Future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable operating leases as of June 30, 2017, are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending June 30,	Operating Leases
2018	$	7,095
2019		5,688
2020		4,287
2021		2,499
2022		1,610
Therafter		940
Total minimum lease payments	$	22,119

Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $1.6 million due in the future under a noncancelable sublease.

Lease obligations for the Company’s foreign offices are denominated in foreign currencies, which were converted to U.S. dollars at the interbank exchange rate on June 30, 2017.

Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, was $5.7 million, $5.4 million and $5.6 million, respectively.

Purchase commitments - The Company had purchase commitments with contract manufacturers for inventory and with technology firms for usage of software licenses totaling approximately $15.3 million and $15.4 million as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Indemnification - Under the indemnification provisions of the Company’s customer agreements, the Company agrees to indemnify and defend its customers against infringement of any patent, trademark, or copyright or the misappropriation of any trade secret, arising from the customers’ legal use of the Company’s services. The exposure to the Company under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customers under pertinent agreements. However, certain indemnification provisions potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the aggregate amount received from the customer.

The Company also has entered into customary indemnification agreements with each of its officers and directors.

14. SEGMENT INFORMATION

ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments, products and services, geographic areas of operations and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer

78

(“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. On this basis, the Company is organized and operates in a single segment: the design, development, marketing, and sale of business communication solutions.

Revenue by geographic region is based on the ship to address on the customer order. The following presents total revenue by geographic region (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
United States of America	$	328,490	$	330,841	$	330,318
International		29,269		29,443		29,352
Total	$	357,759	$	360,284	$	359,670

Revenue from one value-added distributor accounted for approximately 26%, 27% and 26% of the total revenue during the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following presents a summary by geographic region of long-lived assets, excluding deferred tax assets, other assets, and intangible assets (in thousands):

	As at June 30,
	2017		2016
United States of America	$	17,764	$	20,323
International		1,302		1,228
Total	$	19,066	$	21,551

15. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and the exchange rates associated with foreign currencies. During fiscal 2017 and 2016, the Company used derivative instruments to reduce the volatility of earnings associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company used foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain foreign monetary assets and liabilities, primarily including cash balances, third party accounts receivable and intercompany transactions recorded on the balance sheet. These derivatives are not designated and do not qualify as hedge instruments. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in other income and expenses during the period of change. These derivatives have maturities of approximately one month. The foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2017 were entered into by the Company on the last business day of the period. Given the relatively short duration such contracts are outstanding in relation to changes in potential market rates; the change in the fair value is not material and is not reflected either as an asset or a liability.

The following table presents the gross notional value of all our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands).

	June 30, 2017
	Local Currency Amount		Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Australian dollar	$	2,870	$	2,177
British pound	£	2,250		2,904
Canadian dollar	$	860		657
Euro	€	1,010		1,143
Total			$	6,881

79

	June 30, 2016
	Local Currency Amount		Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Australian dollar	$	1,800	$	1,316
British pound	£	830		1,088
Canadian dollar	$	940		718
Euro	€	1,500		1,650
Total			$	4,772

16. EMPLOYEE 401(K) PLAN

Employee 401(k) Plan - The Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan which has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) to be qualified as a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”). The Plan covers substantially all employees. The Plan provides for voluntary tax deferred contributions of 1-20% of gross compensation, subject to certain IRS limitations. Effective January 1, 2015, the Company began matching employee contributions to the Plan on a dollar for dollar basis up to a maximum amount of $1,500 per year. Employer matching contributions made by the Company vest immediately. Our employer matching contributions to the Plan were $1.1 million in both fiscal 2017 and 2016.

17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the Company’s information on total revenue, gross profit, net income (loss) and earnings per share by quarter for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. This data was derived from the Company’s unaudited consolidated financial statements.

	Three Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017			Mar. 31, 2017			Dec. 31, 2016			Sept. 30, 2016			Jun. 30, 2016			Mar. 31, 2016			Dec. 31, 2015		Sept. 30, 2015
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	95,721		$	87,730		$	88,034		$	86,274		$	94,592		$	85,236		$	90,431	$	90,025
Gross profit		60,567			56,222			55,504			54,323			59,487			52,436			57,885		58,012
Net income (loss)		(956	)		(2,940	)		(2,916	)		(5,631	)		(744	)		(8,707	)		2,545		2,114
Basic net income (loss) per common share	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.13	)	$	0.04	$	0.03
Diluted net income (loss) per common share	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.13	)	$	0.04	$	0.03

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On July 26, 2017, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Mitel US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Shelby Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent and, with respect to certain obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, Mitel Networks Corporation, a Canadian corporation. Pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub has commenced an all-cash tender offer for any and all of ShoreTel’s outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a purchase price of $7.50 per share, net to the seller in cash, without interest, and subject to any required withholding of taxes. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including the tender of at least one share more than half of all the Company’s common stock outstanding as well as regulatory and other related approvals. The Company has agreed to operate its business in the ordinary course during the period between the execution of the Merger Agreement and the effective time of the merger and has agreed to certain other customary restrictions on its operations, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

On August 21, 2017, Louis Scarantino, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Scarantino v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 4:17-cv-04857-YGR (“Scarantino Complaint”).

80

On August 22, 2017, Noradura Frydman, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company and the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, captioned Frydman v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 5:17-cv-4865-BLF (“Frydman Complaint”).

On August 23, 2017, Joseph Mozee, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Mozee v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 4:17-cv-04888-HSG (“Mozee Complaint”).

On August 24, 2017, David H. Simonson, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Simonson v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:17-cv-04931-WHA (“Simonson Complaint”).

On August 28, 2017, Armando Herrera, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Herrera v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:17-cv-04988-WHO (“Herrera Complaint”).

On August 31, 2017, Gianfranca De Angelis, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company and the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, captioned De Angelis v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:17-cv-05091 (“De Angelis Complaint” and together with the Scarantino, Frydman, Mozee, Simonson and Herrera Complaints, “Complaints”).

The Scarantino, Frydman, Simonson and De Angelis Complaints each assert that defendants violated Sections 14(e), 14(d)(4), and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by making untrue statements of material fact and omitting certain material facts related to the Merger Agreement and related transactions (“Transactions”) in the Company’s Schedule 14D-9. The Mozee and Herrera Complaints likewise assert that defendants violated Sections 14(e) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by making untrue statements of material fact and omitting certain material facts related to the Transactions in the Company’s Schedule 14D-9. The Mozee Complaint also alleges that the members of the ShoreTel Board breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the Transactions because the Transactions do not appropriately value the Company, were the result of a flawed sale process, the Merger Agreement includes preclusive deal terms, and the Company’s officers and directors have potential conflicts. The Complaints seek, among other things, an order enjoining defendants from consummating the Transactions, money damages and an award of attorneys’ and experts’ fees. The Company believes that the lawsuits are without merit and, if the lawsuits are pursued, the Company will vigorously defend itself. The Company is unable to estimate a reasonably possible loss or range of loss, if any, at the current time.

As contemplated by the proposed resolution of the litigations described above, the Company has provided certain additional disclosures that are supplemental to those contained in the Schedule 14D-9.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and our CFO have concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

81

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our “internal control over financial reporting” as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) to determine whether any changes in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, there have been no such changes during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2017.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears below.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting have been designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.

82

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
ShoreTel, Inc.
Sunnyvale, California

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2017 of the Company and our report dated September 8, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
September 8, 2017

83

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) Financial Statements - See Index to Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedule - Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the financial statements or the notes to those financial statements.

(3) Exhibits - See Exhibit Index following the signature page of this Report.

84

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 8th day of September 2017.

ShoreTel, Inc.
By:	/s/ MICHAEL E. HEALY
	Michael E. Healy
	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

85

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Title
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 26, 2017, by and among Mitel US Holdings, Inc., Shelby Acquisition Corporation, ShoreTel, Inc. and Mitel Networks Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s 8-K filed on July 27, 2017).
2.2	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among ShoreTel, Inc., Corvisa Services LLC and Novation Companies, Inc., dated as of December 21, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2016).
3.1	Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2007 filed on September 27, 2007).
3.2	Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 15, 2014).
4.1	Form of the Company’s Common Stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-140630)).
10.1+	Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and each of its directors and executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-140630)).
10.2+	1997 Stock Option Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-140630)).
10.3+	2007 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Amendment No. 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-140630)).
10.4+	2015 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of restricted stock unit award agreement and stock option award agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.04 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on December 29, 2015).
10.5+	2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended on November 2, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2010 filed on February 4, 2011).
10.6+	2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.04 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on November 16, 2016).
10.7+	Executive Employment Agreement dated August 12, 2013, by the Company and Donald Joos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2013 filed on September 12, 2013).
10.8+	First Amendment to the Executive Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2016, by the Company and Donald Joos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2016 filed on September 12, 2016).
10.9+	Offer Letter, dated April 22, 2007, by the Company and Michael E. Healy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-140630)).
10.10+	Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2013 filed on September 12, 2013).

86

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Title
10.11+	Form of “Tier 2” Retention Incentive Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, filed on May 9, 2011).
10.12+	Form of Form of “Tier 3” Retention Incentive Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, filed on May 9, 2011).
10.13	Lease Agreement between River Place Corporate Park, LP and the Company, dated June 30, 2008, and as amended on September 16, 2009, December 2009, and December 10, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2010 filed on February 4, 2011).
10.14	Office Lease Oakmead West, dated April 20, 2007, between the Company and Carr NP Properties, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-140630).
10.15	First Amendment to Office Lease Oakmead West, dated June 18, 2009, between the Company and Carr NP Properties, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to, Exhibit 10.11 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2009, filed on September 10, 2009).
10.16	Second Amendment to Lease with Wilson Oakmead West, LLC, the Landlord for the Company’s headquarters office space located at 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, California (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2013, filed on February 7, 2014).
10.17	Lease Agreement, dated July 21, 2011 between the Company and BRE/US Industrial Properties, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2011 filed on September 12, 2011).
10.18	$100,000,000 Senior Secured Credit Facilities Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 22, 2014 among the Company, the lenders named therein and Silicon Valley Bank and Amendment Letter dated as of December 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2014 filed on February 6, 2015).
10.19	Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, by and between ShoreTel, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 5, 2015 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2015).
10.20	Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of October 22, 2014 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2014 filed on February 6, 2015).
10.21	Tender Support Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2017, by and among Mitel US Holdings, Inc., Shelby Acquisition Corporation and each of the persons set forth on Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 8-K filed on July 27, 2017).
21	Subsidiaries.
23.1	Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1	Power of Attorney.
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer.
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer.
32.1	Section 1350 Certification of Principal Executive Officer.
32.2	Section 1350 Certification of Principal Financial Officer.

87

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Title
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

+ Management Compensatory Plan or Arrangement

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules have been omitted because they are either inapplicable or the required information has been given in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

88

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries

Subsidiary Name	Jurisdiction
ShoreTel International, Inc.	Delaware, USA
ShoreTel Australia Pty Ltd.	Australia
ShoreTel UK Ltd	UK
ShoreTel GmbH	Germany
ShoreTel Singapore Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
ShoreTel Canada Limited	Canada
ShoreTel Philippines Corporation	Philippines
ShoreTel Communications Private Limited	India
ShoreTel France SARL	France
M5 Networks, LLC	Delaware, USA
Corvisa LLC	Wisconsin, USA
Corvisa Europe Ltd.	UK

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-202108, 333-193812, 333-186547, 333-179449, 333-172072, 333-164726, 333-157192, 333-149220, and 333-144338 on Form S-8 of our reports dated September 8, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended June 30, 2017.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Jose, California
September 8, 2017

EX-24.1

Exhibit 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Allen Seto and Michael E. Healy, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ DON JOOS	President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	September 8, 2017
Don Joos
/s/ MICHAEL E. HEALY	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	September 8, 2017
Michael E. Healy
/s/ KEITH A. JONES	Worldwide Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	September 8, 2017
Keith A. Jones
/s/ SHANE ROBISON	Chairperson of the Board	September 8, 2017
Shane Robison
/s/ MARJORIE BOWEN	Director	September 8, 2017
Marjorie Bowen
/s/ MARK F. BREGMAN	Director	September 8, 2017
Mark F. Bregman
/s/ KENNETH DENMAN	Director	September 8, 2017
Kenneth Denman
/s/ CHARLES D. KISSNER	Director	September 8, 2017
Charles D. Kissner
/s/ CONSTANCE SKIDMORE	Director	September 8, 2017
Constance Skidmore
/s/ JOSEF VEJVODA	Director	September 8, 2017
Josef Vejvoda

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15(d) -14(a), AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Don Joos, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShoreTel, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: September 8, 2017	/s/ DON JOOS
	Don Joos
	President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15(d) -14(a), AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael E. Healy, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShoreTel, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: September 8, 2017	/s/ MICHAEL E. HEALY
	Michael E. Healy
	Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Don Joos, do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShoreTel, Inc. for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ShoreTel, Inc.

Dated: September 8, 2017	By:	/s/ DON JOOS
	Name:	Don Joos
	Title:	President and Chief Executive
		Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael E. Healy, do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShoreTel, Inc. for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and;

The information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ShoreTel, Inc.

Dated: September 8, 2017	By:	/s/ MICHAEL E. HEALY
	Name:	Michael E. Healy
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Aug. 24, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	ShoreTel Inc
Entity Central Index Key	0001388133
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--06-30
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 482.8
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		69,152,947
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2017
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jun. 30, 2017

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 67,223	$ 61,726
Short-term investments	48,665	46,433
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $500 and $678 as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively	31,393	32,902
Inventories	11,624	12,488
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	13,019	13,420
Total current assets	171,924	166,969
Property and equipment, net	19,066	21,551
Goodwill	129,449	129,449
Intangible assets, net	12,087	18,788
Other assets	6,926	5,581
Total assets	339,452	342,338
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	14,011	14,932
Accrued liabilities and other	15,633	20,397
Accrued employee compensation	16,740	18,925
Accrued taxes and surcharges	3,614	3,917
Deferred revenue	61,524	56,765
Total current liabilities	111,522	114,936
Long-term deferred revenue	21,245	20,940
Other long-term liabilities	4,492	3,733
Total liabilities	137,259	139,609
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, authorized 5,000 shares; none issued and outstanding	0	0
Common stock and additional paid-in capital, par value $.001 per share, authorized 500,000; 69,122 shares issued and 68,657 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 67,517 shares issued and 67,391 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016	394,184	379,871
Treasury stock, at cost	(3,117)	(819)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(72)	36
Accumulated deficit	(188,802)	(176,359)
Total stockholders' equity	202,193	202,729
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 339,452	$ 342,338

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Current assets:
Accounts receivable, allowances	$ 500	$ 678
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, authorized (in shares)	5,000	5,000
Preferred stock, issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	500,000	500,000
Common stock, issued (in shares)	69,122	67,517
Common stock, outstanding (in shares)	68,657	67,391

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Revenue:
Hosted and related services	$ 150,242	$ 126,670	$ 105,381
Product	131,174	158,232	181,272
Support and services	76,343	75,382	73,017
Total revenue	357,759	360,284	359,670
Cost of revenue:
Hosted and related services	70,406	61,384	60,401
Product	43,543	51,881	63,253
Support and services	17,194	19,199	17,453
Total cost of revenue	131,143	132,464	141,107
Gross profit	226,616	227,820	218,563
Operating expenses:
Research and development	67,068	60,509	53,352
Sales and marketing	127,637	126,123	118,931
General and administrative	43,532	41,778	39,778
Settlements and defense fees	(30)	56	8,475
Acquisition-related costs	0	1,489	0
Total operating expenses	238,207	229,955	220,536
Income (loss) from operations	(11,591)	(2,135)	(1,973)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense	(455)	(469)	(531)
Interest income and other (expense), net	541	(1,628)	(939)
Total other income (expense)	86	(2,097)	(1,470)
Loss before provision for income taxes	(11,505)	(4,232)	(3,443)
Provision for income taxes	938	560	961
Net loss	$ (12,443)	$ (4,792)	$ (4,404)
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.18)	$ (0.07)	$ (0.07)
Shares used in computing net loss per common share, basic and diluted (in shares)	68,100	66,405	63,953

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (12,443)	$ (4,792)	$ (4,404)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments, net	(108)	32	3
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(108)	32	3
Comprehensive loss	$ (12,551)	$ (4,760)	$ (4,401)

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Common Stock and Additional Paid-In-Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]	Total
BALANCE at Jun. 30, 2014	$ 344,546	$ 0	$ 1	$ (167,163)	$ 177,384
BALANCE (in shares) at Jun. 30, 2014	62,824,000
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid	$ 8,068				8,068
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid (in shares)	2,231,000
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 8,413				$ 8,413
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)					0
Fair value of escrow settlement modification	664				$ 664
Unrealized gain (loss) on short term investments, net			3		3
Net loss				(4,404)	(4,404)
BALANCE at Jun. 30, 2015	$ 361,691	0	4	(171,567)	190,128
BALANCE (in shares) at Jun. 30, 2015	65,055,000
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid	$ 9,309				9,309
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid (in shares)	2,462,000
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 8,871				8,871
Repurchases of common stock		(819)			$ (819)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)	(126,000)				(126,000)
Fair value of escrow settlement modification					$ 0
Unrealized gain (loss) on short term investments, net			32		32
Net loss				(4,792)	(4,792)
BALANCE at Jun. 30, 2016	$ 379,871	(819)	36	(176,359)	$ 202,729
BALANCE (in shares) at Jun. 30, 2016	67,391,000				67,391,000
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid	$ 4,524				$ 4,524
Common stock issued under stock-based compensation plans, net of taxes paid (in shares)	1,605,000
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 9,789				9,789
Repurchases of common stock		(2,298)			$ (2,298)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)	(339,000)				(339,000)
Fair value of escrow settlement modification					$ 0
Unrealized gain (loss) on short term investments, net			(108)		(108)
Net loss				(12,443)	(12,443)
BALANCE at Jun. 30, 2017	$ 394,184	$ (3,117)	$ (72)	$ (188,802)	$ 202,193
BALANCE (in shares) at Jun. 30, 2017	68,657,000				68,657,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (12,443)	$ (4,792)	$ (4,404)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	20,597	20,506	19,072
Stock-based compensation expense	9,789	8,871	8,413
Amortization of premium on investments	374	161	120
Loss on disposal of property, equipment and other assets	56	145	97
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable	217	216	182
Impairment of indemnification asset	0	0	3,584
Fair value of escrow settlement modification	0	0	664
Gain on non-marketable investments	(920)	0	0
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	1,292	3,683	(2,918)
Inventories	711	2,910	11,413
Indemnification asset	0	0	2,022
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	605	2,109	(4,249)
Other assets	(215)	(4)	(34)
Accounts payable	(1,079)	(701)	(795)
Accrued liabilities and other	(5,127)	(1,249)	7,687
Accrued employee compensation	(2,185)	3,101	(1,216)
Accrued taxes and surcharges	(303)	(5,985)	(2,284)
Deferred revenue	5,064	6,115	3,791
Net cash provided by operating activities	16,433	35,086	41,145
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of investments	(31,994)	(48,210)	(12,176)
Proceeds from sale/maturities of investments	29,280	9,673	5,757
Purchases of property and equipment	(10,937)	(10,834)	(11,393)
Cost of acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	0	(14,322)	0
Purchase of software licenses, patents and other intangible assets	(567)	0	(1,692)
Proceeds from sales/maturities of non-marketable investments	1,074	0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(13,144)	(63,693)	(19,504)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	6,067	10,589	9,294
Taxes paid on vested and released stock awards	(1,543)	(1,280)	(1,226)
Repurchases of common stock	(2,298)	(819)	0
Payments made under capital leases	(18)	(319)	(393)
Debt issuance costs	0	0	(626)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	2,208	8,171	7,049
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	5,497	(20,436)	28,690
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	61,726	82,162	53,472
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	67,223	61,726	82,162
Supplemental cash flow disclosure:
Cash paid for interest	12	26	298
Cash paid for income taxes	785	1,209	885
Noncash financing and investing activities:
Purchase of patents included in period-end liabilities	0	0	333
Unpaid portion of property and equipment purchases included in period-end accounts payable	$ 317	$ 998	$ 1,318

XML

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company - ShoreTel, Inc. was incorporated in California on September 17, 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware on June 22, 2007. ShoreTel, Inc. and its subsidiaries (referred herein as “the Company”) is a leading provider of brilliantly simple business communication solutions, comprised of integrated voice, video, data and mobile applications based on Internet Protocol (“IP”) technologies. The Company focuses on the small and medium sized businesses, with a Unified Communications (“UC”) platform that allows them to communicate anytime, anyplace, and through any device that they choose. The Company’s strategy is to provide customers with a flexible choice of deployment options: either operating the Company’s solution by subscribing to our cloud-based communication services, in their own onsite data centers or a hybrid combination of both.

On July 26, 2017, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with Mitel US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Shelby Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”) and, with respect to certain obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, Mitel Networks Corporation, a Canadian corporation. See Note 18 for additional details regarding this definitive agreement.

Fiscal Year End - The Company operates on a fiscal year ending June 30.

Principles of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries located worldwide. All transactions and balances between the parent and the subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The use of estimates is included in certain areas including revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, inventory and other assets valuation, accrued taxes and surcharges, accounting for income taxes and accounting for goodwill and purchased intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2017, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were managed by multiple financial institutions. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. At June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 one value-added distributor accounted for 50% and 42% of the total accounts receivable, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their respective fair market values due to the short maturities of these financial instruments. Refer to Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the methods used to determine the fair value of short-term investments. Refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the methods used to determine the fair value of the line of credit.

Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of less than three months at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained with various financial institutions.

Investments - The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of U.S. Government agency securities, corporate bonds and commercial paper. These investments are held in the custody of two major financial institutions. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost basis of disposed fixed income securities. At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s investments were classified as available-for-sale. These investments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with net unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments is considered to be other-than-temporary. An impairment is considered other-than-temporary if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its entire amortized cost basis, or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security. If an impairment is considered other-than-temporary based on (i) or (ii) described above, the entire difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of the security is recognized in earnings. If an impairment is considered other-than-temporary based on condition (iii), the amount representing credit losses, defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the debt security, will be recognized in earnings and the amount relating to all other factors will be recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). In estimating the amount and timing of cash flows expected to be collected, the Company considers all available information including past events, current conditions, the remaining payment terms of the security, the financial condition of the issuer, expected defaults, and the value of underlying collateral. The Company has determined that gross unrealized losses on short-term investments at June 30, 2017 and 2016 are temporary in nature because each investment meets our investment policy and credit quality requirements. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until they recover their unrealized losses, which may not be until maturity. Evidence that we will recover our investments outweighs evidence to the contrary.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts - The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon its assessment of various factors. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required.

The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized as follows (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Allowance for doubtful accounts - beginning	$	678		$	631		$	636
Current period provision		217			216			182
Provision related to the acquisition of a business		—			79			—
Write-offs charged to allowance, net of recoveries		(395	)		(248	)		(187	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts - ending	$	500		$	678		$	631

Inventories - Inventories, which consist principally of raw materials, finished goods and inventories held by distributors are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined under a standard cost method that approximates first-in, first-out. The Company accounts for excess and obsolete inventory by reducing the carrying value to the estimated market value of the inventory based upon management’s assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the asset or the lease term.

Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed - Development costs of computer software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are subject to capitalization beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. In most instances, the Company’s products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established; therefore, costs incurred subsequent to achievement of technological feasibility are usually not significant. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the product. The Company evaluates the realizability of the assets and the related periods of amortization on a regular basis. Judgment is required in determining when technological feasibility of a product is established as well as its economic life.

Business Combinations – The Company recognizes identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill to the extent the Company identifies adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets - Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis on June 30th and, when specific circumstances dictate, between annual tests. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. The Company has a single reporting unit. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, identifying a potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step would need to be conducted; otherwise, no further steps are necessary as no potential impairment exists. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying value over the respective implied fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. There was no impairment of goodwill identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Purchased-intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods of benefit, ranging from two to eight years. The Company performs a review of purchased-intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than it had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of purchased-intangible assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the useful life of the asset is shorter than originally estimated, the Company accelerates the rate of amortization and amortizes the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. There was no impairment of purchased-intangible assets identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Long-Lived Assets - The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from such an asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, an impairment loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. There was no impairment of long-lived assets identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Treasury Shares - From time to time, the Company repurchases shares of its common stock, depending on market conditions, in the open market, in accordance with programs authorized by the Board of Directors. Repurchased shares are held as treasury stock until such time as they are retired or re-issued. Retirements of treasury stock are non-cash equity transactions in which the reacquired shares are returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares and the cost is recorded as a reduction to both retained earnings and treasury stock.

Revenue Recognition - The Company derives its revenue from the sale of cloud-based and onsite-based Unified Communication systems and services.

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as hardware and software products and/or services, we allocate revenue to each element based on relative selling prices. The relative selling price is determined using vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) when available. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to determine the third party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for the deliverables. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately by the competitors. Generally, our product offerings differ from those of our competitors and comparable pricing of our competitors is often not available. Therefore, we are typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use estimated selling prices (“ESP”) in our allocation of arrangement fees. The ESP for a deliverable is determined as the price at which we would transact if the products or services were sold on a stand-alone basis.

Hosted and Related Services Revenues:

The Company’s hosted and related services and solutions consist primarily of our proprietary hosted voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) UC system as well as other services such as foreign and domestic calling plans, certain UC applications, internet service provisioning, training and other professional services. Additionally, the Company offers their customers the ability to purchase phones from them directly or rent such phones as part of their service agreements. The customers are not required to purchase phones from the Company directly as they can independently purchase such equipment. Customers enter into a one to three-year service agreement whereby they are billed for such services on a monthly basis.

Monthly recurring hosted services are recognized on a straight line basis in the period when the service is delivered. The installation fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated customer life.

The Company bills most of the monthly recurring hosted service revenue a month in advance. Any amounts billed and collected, but for which the service is not yet delivered, are included in deferred revenue. These amounts are recognized as revenues only when the service is delivered.

The Company maintains a reserve for credits provided to customers for outages, quality issues, billing disputes or changes in the service levels that are included in the amounts that were billed in advance. The reserve for such credits is based on historical experiences and trends. The Company also maintains a reserve for amounts that are deemed as uncollectible.

Product and Support and Services Revenues:

The sale of IP telecommunication systems includes hardware, primarily phones and voice switches, software components and may also include training, installation, professional services and post-contractual support for the products. The Company’s business strategy is centered on selling to enterprise customers through channel partners rather than directly. Channel partners include resellers as well as value-added distributors who in turn sell to the resellers. Sales to value-added distributors allow the Company to leverage its existing distribution infrastructure and sales personnel.

The typical system includes a combination of IP phones, switches and UC software applications. For sales transactions made both direct and to resellers revenue is recognized at the time of shipment provided that all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. For sales to value-added distributors, revenue is initially deferred and is recognized at the time of sale by the distributor to their customer, provided all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. The Company refers to this distribution approach as its two-tier distribution model and the recognition of revenue at the time of sale by the distributor as the sell through method.

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred (depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies and significant uncertainties, and collection is reasonably assured. The fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices. The agreements with reseller partners generally do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. Even though substantially all of the contractual agreements do not provide return privileges, there are circumstances for which the Company will accept a return. The Company maintains a reserve for such returns based on historical experience with reseller partners. The agreements with the Company’s value-added distributors allow for limited rights of return of products generally purchased within the previous 90 days. In addition to such return rights, the Company generally offers price protection provisions to its distributors when there is a permanent reduction of its sales prices. In such cases, the Company is obligated to grant the distributor a credit for the difference between the changes in the aggregate price of any amounts that have been purchased but unsold by the distributor as of the effective date of such decrease. In addition, certain of the Company’s distributors stock phones and switches and purchase licenses only upon sale to a value added reseller or end customer. Revenue is deferred for distributors until the distributor sells the hardware and license to their customer which would constitute a complete configuration of our system. To the extent that the Company’s agreements contain acceptance terms, the Company recognizes revenue upon product acceptance, unless the acceptance provision is deemed to be perfunctory. Payment terms to customers generally range from net 30 to net 60 days. In the event payment terms are extended materially from the Company’s standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payment becomes due. The Company assesses the ability to collect from its customers based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness and past transaction history of the customer. If the customer is not deemed credit worthy, the Company defers all revenue from the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue. Provisions for return allowances are recorded at the time revenue is recognized based on the Company’s historical experience. The provision for return allowances is recorded as a reduction to revenues on the statement of operations and is included as a reduction to accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company’s transactions and are recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Nearly all of the Company’s system sales include the purchase of post-contractual support contracts with terms of up to five years, and the renewal rates on these contracts have been high historically. The Company recognizes support revenue on a ratable basis over the term of the support contract. Since the Company receives payment for support in advance of recognizing the related revenue, the Company carries a deferred revenue balance on the consolidated balance sheet.

Most of the products and services included in an onsite-based system qualify as separate units of accounting. Many of the Company’s products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the essential functionality of the integrated system product. The Company analyzes all of its software and non-software products and services and considers the features and functionalities of the individual elements and the stand alone sales of those individual components among other factors, to determine which elements are essential or non-essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system product. The Company recognizes revenue related to installation services and training upon delivery of the service.

The Company’s core software, which we refer to as “essential software,” is integrated with hardware and is essential to the functionality of the integrated system product. The Company also sells additional software which provides increased features and functions, but is not essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system products, which we refer to as “non-essential software.” At the initial purchase, the customer generally bundles together the hardware, essential software, non-essential software, as needed, and up to five years of post-contractual support. Thereafter, if the enterprise customer increases its end users and system functionality, it may add more hardware, both essential and non-essential software components, and related post-contractual support by purchasing them separately.

The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the non-essential software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the accounting guidance. The non-essential software deliverables included in a multiple element arrangement are subject to the industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. As the Company has not been able to obtain VSOE for all of the non-essential software deliverables in the arrangement, revenue allocated to the delivered non-essential software elements is recognized using the residual method in accordance with industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue recognized for the delivered non-essential software elements equaled the total allocated consideration less the VSOE of any undelivered elements bundled with such non-essential software elements.

The Company has been able to establish VSOE for its professional and post contractual support services mainly based on the volume and the pricing of the stand-alone sales for these services within a narrow range. The Company establishes its ESP for products by considering factors including, but not limited to, geographies, customer segments and pricing practices. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE and ESP and maintains internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

Channel Partner Programs and Incentives - The Company records estimated reductions to revenues for channel partner programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. The Company also accrues for co-op marketing funds as a marketing expense if the Company receives an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues.

Warranties - The majority of the Company’s products are covered by a one-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. Estimated contractual warranty obligations are recorded when related sales are recognized based on historical experience. The determination of such provision requires the Company to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the product under warranty. If actual costs differ significantly from these estimates, additional amounts are recorded when such costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. The provisions for product warranties are recorded within cost of goods sold on the statement of operations and included within accrued liabilities and other on the balance sheet and are insignificant for fiscal 2017 and 2016.

Research and Development Costs – Research and development expenses primarily include personnel costs, outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype costs, test equipment, software usage fees and facilities expenses. Research and development expenses are recognized when incurred.

Income and Telecom Taxes – The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for any tax benefit of which future realization is uncertain. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if applicable, are recognized in the income tax provision.

As a provider of communication services, the Company assesses whether to include the taxes and surcharges collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, including Universal Service Fund charges, sales, use, and various surcharges, in the Company’s revenues and expenses. This assessment includes whether the Company is the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where the Company does business. In jurisdictions where the Company determines that it is the principal taxpayer, the Company records the surcharges these within revenues and cost of hosted and related services in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as well as within accrued taxes and surcharges in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In jurisdictions where the Company determines that it is merely a collection agent for the government authority, the Company does not include them in our revenues and cost of hosted and related services.

Stock-Based Compensation – The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. The Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan. Generally, stock options granted to employees vest 25% at one year and then 1/36^th monthly thereafter, and restricted stock units issued generally vest 25% at one, two, three and four years, and have a term of ten years.

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
Cost of hosted and related services revenue	$	261	$	1,272	$	1,215
Cost of product revenue		53		64		74
Cost of support and services revenue		370		590		497
Research and development		2,256		1,854		1,928
Sales and marketing		2,909		2,569		2,391
General and administrative		3,940		2,522		2,308
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	9,789	$	8,871	$	8,413

Foreign Currency Translation – The Company’s foreign operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and foreign currency transaction costs; however, the majority of sales transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of the subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency denominated sales, costs and expenses are recorded at the average exchange rates during the year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations within other income (expense), net.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) – Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) only includes unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323):Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings, which responds to SEC staff announcements made in 2016 as it relates to the disclosure of the future impact of the effects of the new FASB guidance on revenue, leases and credit losses on financial instruments. This accounting guidance was effective upon issuance in January 2017. As of January 1, 2017, the Company has adopted ASU 2017-03 and has made the required disclosures within the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) - an accounting standard that supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. New disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers are also required. From August 2015 through December 2016, the FASB issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance within ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-11, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20. These amendments are intended to improve and clarify the implementation guidance of Topic 606. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017; early adoption is permitted for periods beginning after December 15, 2016. This guidance may be applied retrospectively (a) to each reporting period presented or (b) with the cumulative effect in retained earnings at the beginning of the adoption period.

The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of its pending adoption of this guidance on its revenue transactions, including any impacts on associated processes, systems, and internal controls. The Company has started reviewing each of its revenue streams that may be impacted by the adoption of this guidance, including the determination whether the performance obligations will change as compared to current generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), as well as determining the stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation. The Company is also assessing if sales commissions will need to be capitalized upon adoption of the new ASU and evaluating the proper period over which to amortize these capitalized costs. In addition, the Company is evaluating revenue recognition related to sales made to resellers and value-added distributors. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and any preliminary assessments are subject to change.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330):Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Under this ASU, inventory will be measured at the “lower of cost and net realizable value” and options that currently exist for “market value” will be eliminated. The ASU defines net realizable value as the “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.” No other changes were made to the current guidance on inventory measurement. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the lease accounting requirements in Topic 840. This ASU requires a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee would account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of use asset and a corresponding lease liability. For finance leases, the lessee would recognize interest expense and amortization of the right-of-use asset, and for operating leases, the lessee would recognize a straight-line total lease expense. The guidance also requires qualitative and specific quantitative disclosures to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements so that users can understand more about the nature of an entity’s leasing activities, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including certain income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. Under the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses, which the FASB believes will result in more timely recognition of such losses. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which addresses the appropriate cash flow classification, including requirements to allocate certain components of these cash receipts and payments among operating, investing and financing activities for certain cash receipts and cash payments. The retrospective transition method, requiring adjustment to all comparative periods presented, is required unless it is impracticable for some of the amendments, in which case those amendments would be prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. This accounting guidance is effective for financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements, which includes numerous technical corrections and clarifications to GAAP that are designed to remove inconsistencies in the board’s accounting guidance. Several provisions in this accounting guidance are effective immediately which did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additional provisions in this accounting guidance are effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The guidance is effective for annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which provides guidance to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating the Step 2 procedure from the goodwill impairment test. An entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect that its adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Scope of Modification Accounting, which amends the requirements in GAAP related to accounting for changes to the terms of share-based compensation awards. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that its adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

Business Combinations [Abstract]

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd Acquisition

On November 16, 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd. (“M5 Australia”), a privately-held company based in Australia and a provider of hosted unified communications solutions, for a total cash consideration of $6.1 million (8.5 million Australian dollars). The acquisition accelerates the Company’s growth and expansion of providing hosted unified communications services in Australia.

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the acquisition of M5 Australia was recorded using the acquisition method. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the fair value of the consideration was allocated to assets and liabilities assumed at their fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration paid over the fair values of net assets and liabilities acquired and identifiable intangible assets resulted in recognition of goodwill of approximately $5.2 million. The goodwill consists largely of expected expansion of the customer base and market share within the Australian hosted communications industry. The goodwill recorded is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Purchase Price Allocation

The total purchase price was allocated to M5 Australia’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of November 16, 2015 as set forth below. The following is the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

	(In thousands)			Estimated Useful Lives (In years)
Cash acquired	$	224
Other current assets		386
Intangible assets:
Customer relationships		1,300			5
Goodwill		5,210
Other long-term assets		164
Other liabilities assumed		(1,174	)
	$	6,110

The Company recognized $0.3 million associated with legal, accounting, consulting and other costs directly related to the acquisition as acquisition-related costs within the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2016.

Corvisa LLC Acquisition

On January 6, 2016, the Company acquired all of the outstanding membership interest in Corvisa LLC (“Corvisa”), a provider of cloud-based communications solutions, for total cash consideration of $8.7 million. The acquisition accelerates the Company’s growth and expansion of its hosted unified communications service offering.

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the acquisition of Corvisa was recorded using the acquisition method. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the fair value of the consideration was allocated to assets and liabilities assumed at their fair values. The fair value of purchased identifiable intangible assets was derived from model-based valuations from significant unobservable inputs (“Level 3 inputs”) determined by management. The fair value of purchased identifiable intangible assets was determined using the Company’s discounted cash flow models from operating projections prepared by management using a market participant rate of 35.0%. The excess of the preliminary fair value of consideration paid over the preliminary fair values of net assets and liabilities acquired and identifiable intangible assets resulted in recognition of goodwill of approximately $1.5 million. The goodwill consists largely of expected expansion of the customer base and market share within hosted communications industry. The goodwill recorded is deductible for income tax purposes.

Purchase Price Allocation

The total purchase price was allocated to Corvisa’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of January 6, 2016 as set forth below. The following is the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

	(In thousands)			Estimated Useful Lives (In years)
Cash acquired	$	227
Other current assets		933
Intangible assets:
Existing technology		3,400			5
Customer relationships		100			3
Favorable leases		178			6
Goodwill		1,489
Other long-term assets		3,301
Other liabilities assumed		(966	)
	$	8,662

The Company recognized $1.2 million associated with legal, accounting, consulting and other costs directly related to the acquisition as acquisition-related costs within the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2016.

XML

BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS [Abstract]

BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

3. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Balance sheet components consisted of the following:

	As of June 30,
	2017			2016
	(Amounts in thousands)
Inventories:
Raw materials	$	52		$	57
Distributor inventory		2,192			1,677
Finished goods		9,380			10,754
Total inventories	$	11,624		$	12,488
Property and equipment:
Computer equipment and tooling	$	35,872		$	33,739
Customer premise equipment		23,522			17,194
Software		7,932			7,328
Furniture and fixtures		3,676			3,880
Leasehold improvements & others		9,643			8,836
Total property and equipment		80,645			70,977
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(61,579	)		(49,426	)
Property and equipment – net	$	19,066		$	21,551
Deferred revenue:
Product	$	7,076		$	5,433
Support and services		61,485			59,465
Hosted and related services		14,208			12,807
Total deferred revenue	$	82,769		$	77,705

Depreciation expense for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $12.9 million, $11.9 million and $10.6 million, respectively.

XML

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS [Abstract]

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

4. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term investments (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	23,213	$	—	$	(27	)	$	23,186
U.S. Government agency securities		25,524		—		(45	)		25,479
Total short-term investments	$	48,737	$	—	$	(72	)	$	48,665

	June 30, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	26,359	$	9	$	(5	)	$	26,363
U.S. Government agency securities		20,038		32		—			20,070
Total short-term investments	$	46,397	$	41	$	(5	)	$	46,433

Tax amounts related to unrealized gains (losses) were immaterial for all periods presented.

The following table summarizes the maturities of the Company’s short-term investments by contractual maturity (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Less than 1 year	$	43,058	$	42,993
Due in 1 to 3 years		5,679		5,672
	$	48,737	$	48,665

	June 30, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Less than 1 year	$	28,107	$	28,114
Due in 1 to 3 years		18,290		18,319
	$	46,397	$	46,433

Actual maturities may differ from the contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay certain obligations.

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized.

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

	Total
As of June 30, 2015	$	122,750
Addition		6,699
As of June 30, 2016	$	129,449
As of June 30, 2017	$	129,449

Intangible assets

The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017							June 30, 2016
	Gross Carrying ‎Amount		Accumulated‎ Amortization			Net Carrying‎ Amount		Gross Carrying ‎Amount		Accumulated‎ Amortization			Net Carrying‎ Amount
Patents	$	5,296	$	(4,140	)	$	1,156	$	4,446	$	(3,919	)	$	527
Technology		31,434		(27,243	)		4,191		31,434		(23,523	)		7,911
Customer relationships		24,700		(18,093	)		6,607		24,700		(14,513	)		10,187
Other		178		(45	)		133		178		(15	)		163
Intangible assets	$	61,608	$	(49,521	)	$	12,087	$	60,758	$	(41,970	)	$	18,788

The intangible assets are being amortized over useful lives ranging from 2 years to 8 years.

Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $7.6 million, $8.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expenses for intangible assets, excluding intangible assets in process and other, for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending June 30,
2018	$	5,683
2019		4,180
2020		1,437
2021		647
2022		140
Thereafter		—
Total	$	12,087

XML

FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE

6. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal market (or most advantageous market, in the absence of a principal market) for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Further, entities are required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in measuring fair value, and to utilize a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

• Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable or are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.

• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, and reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The tables below set forth the Company’s financial instruments and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	1,485	$	1,485	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Corporate notes and commercial paper		23,186		—		23,186		—
U.S. Government agency securities		25,479		—		25,479		—
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	$	50,150	$	1,485	$	48,665	$	—

The above table excludes $65.7 million of cash balances on deposit at banks.

	June 30, 2016
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	3,533	$	3,533	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Corporate notes and commercial paper		26,363		—		26,363		—
U.S. Government agency securities		20,070		—		20,070		—
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	$	49,966	$	3,533	$	46,433	$	—

The above table excludes $58.2 million of cash balances on deposit at banks.

There were foreign exchange forward contracts (see Note 15) outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 which were entered into by the Company on the last day of the period. This fair value is not material.

Money market funds are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices in active markets. Short-term investments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on other observable inputs, including broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources. When quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, the Company relies on non-binding quotes from independent pricing services. Non-binding quotes are based on proprietary valuation models prepared by independent pricing services. These models use algorithms based on inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, historical pricing trends of a security as relative to its peers, internal assumptions of the independent pricing service and statistically supported models. The Company corroborates the reasonableness of non-binding quotes received from the independent pricing service by comparing them to the (a) actual experience gained from the purchases and redemption of investment securities, (b) quotes received on similar securities obtained when purchasing securities and (c) monitoring changes in ratings of similar securities and the related impact on the fair value. The types of instruments valued based on other observable inputs include U.S. government agency securities, corporate bonds, and commercial paper. The Company reviewed financial and non-financial assets and liabilities and concluded that there were no other-than-temporary impairment charges during fiscal 2017 and 2016. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy on a quarterly basis. Changes in the ability to observe valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels of certain securities within the fair value hierarchy. The Company recognizes transfers into and out of levels within the fair value hierarchy as of the date in which the actual event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer occurs. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy for any of the periods presented.

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment are evaluated for impairment and adjusted to fair value using Level 3 inputs, only when impairment is recognized. Fair values are considered Level 3 when management makes significant assumptions in developing a discounted cash flow model based upon a number of considerations including projections of revenues, earnings and a discount rate. In addition, in evaluating the fair value of goodwill impairment, further corroboration is obtained using the Company’s market capitalization. There were no indicators of impairment during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 that required a nonrecurring fair value analysis to be performed on non-financial assets.

XML

LINE OF CREDIT

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

LINE OF CREDIT [Abstract]

LINE OF CREDIT

7. LINE OF CREDIT

On October 22, 2014, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement which was further amended on December 1, 2014 and again on August 5, 2015 (“Credit Facility”). This Credit Facility replaces the Company’s previous credit facility. The Credit Facility includes a revolving loan facility for an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $100.0 million. The Credit Facility matures on October 22, 2019 and is payable in full upon maturity. The amounts borrowed and repaid under the Credit Facility are available for future borrowings. The borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest (at the election of the Company) either at (i) the London interbank offered rate then in effect, plus a margin of between 1.50% and 2.25%, which is based on the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility), or (ii) the higher of (a) the bank’s publicly-announced prime rate then in effect and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case of (a) or (b), plus a margin of between 0.00% and 0.50%, which will be based upon the Company’s consolidated EBITDA. The Company also pays commitment fees during the term of the Credit Facility which vary depending on the Company’s consolidated EBITDA. The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. As of June 30, 2017, the Company had $51.7 million available for borrowing under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including compliance with financial ratios and metrics. The Credit Facility and the related amendment requires the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of liquidity to its indebtedness (each as defined in the Credit Facility) and varying amounts of Liquidity and Consolidated EBITDA specified in the Credit Facility throughout the term of the agreement. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of June 30, 2017.

As of June 30, 2017, no amounts were outstanding under the Credit Facility. The Company amortizes deferred financing costs to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the Credit Facility.

XML

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE [Abstract]

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

8. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic net loss per share is determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic net loss per common share calculation, plus the number of common shares that would be issued assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities outstanding under the treasury stock method.

The following table is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (in thousands other than per share amounts):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(12,443	)	$	(4,792	)	$	(4,404	)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)		68,100			66,405			63,953
Net loss per share
Basic and diluted	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.07	)

Anti-dilutive weighted shares related to stock-based options and awards excluded from the calculation of diluted shares were approximately 5.0 million, 4.9 million, and 3.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

9. INCOME TAXES

The components of loss before income taxes consist of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Domestic	$	(12,842	)	$	(5,375	)	$	(4,416	)
Foreign		1,337			1,143			973
Total	$	(11,505	)	$	(4,232	)	$	(3,443	)

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Current:
Federal	$	1		$	(129	)	$	159
State		272			100			528
Foreign		757			685			299
Total current income tax		1,030			656			986
Deferred:
Federal		34			17			—
State		5			2			—
Foreign		(131	)		(115	)		(25	)
Total deferred income tax		(92	)		(96	)		(25	)
Provision for income taxes	$	938		$	560		$	961

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to loss before benefit from income tax is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Benefit from income tax at federal statutory rate	$	(3,913	)	$	(1,439	)	$	(1,140	)
Non deductible expenses		302			385			442
Federal Alternative Minimum Tax		1			(129	)		159
Stock-based compensation		306			273			314
Fair value of escrow settlement modification		—			—			225
Credits		(976	)		(1,775	)		(574	)
State taxes		272			100			528
Other		211			201			(56	)
Increase in valuation allowance		4,735			2,944			1,063
Total	$	938		$	560		$	961

Significant components of deferred tax assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2017			2016
Deferred Tax Assets
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	32,598		$	29,015
Tax credit carryforwards		24,116			20,659
Stock compensation		5,782			11,295
Deferred revenue		3,337			3,330
Other		6,866			6,955
Gross deferred tax assets		72,699			71,254
Valuation allowance		(72,158	)		(69,413	)
Total deferred tax assets		541			1,841
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Acquistion intangibles		(312	)		(1,927	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(312	)		(1,927	)
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	229		$	(86	)

During the year ended June 30, 2017, the decrease in the Company’s deferred tax assets of $1.3 million was primarily due to changes in accruals, partially offset by an increase in tax credit and loss carryforwards. In addition, the decrease in the Company’s total deferred tax liabilities of $1.6 million was due to the amortization of the identifiable intangible property. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is based on several factors, such as the Company’s history of past earnings, the scheduling of deferred tax liabilities and projected future income from operating activities. As of June 30, 2017, management does not believe it is more likely than not that the net U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets are realizable. The Company intends to maintain the valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of some or all of the allowance. The Company’s future income tax expense (benefit) will be affected in the event changes to the valuation allowance are required.

The Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $107.1 million as of June 30, 2017, which expire at various dates between 2023 and 2037. These net operating loss carryforwards include the effects of a favorable tax ruling determined under Section 382 by the Internal Revenue Service in March 2010 as well as federal net operating loss carryforwards available from prior acquisitions. The Company has not completed Section 382 studies for net operating losses incurred in the years subsequent to July 2007. Upon the completion of these studies, the amount of net operating losses available for utilization may be limited. Included in the net operating loss carryforward is approximately $13.1 million (pretax) of net operating loss attributable to excess stock option deductions. The related tax benefit of $4.4 million, if realized, will be recorded as additional paid-in capital. Including the net operating loss carryforwards available from prior acquisitions, the Company had California and other state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $19.9 million and $9.8 million, respectively, which expire at various dates between fiscal 2018 and 2037.

As of June 30, 2017, the Company had $17.5 million in both Federal and California tax credit carryforwards. The federal tax credit carry forwards expire at various dates between 2023 and 2037. The California tax credits may be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company has not provided U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because it is management’s intention to permanently reinvest such undistributed earnings outside of the United States. The Company evaluates its circumstances and reassesses this determination on a periodic basis. As of June 30, 2017, the determination of the unrecorded deferred tax liability related to these earnings was not practicable. If circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries will be remitted in the foreseeable future, the Company will be required to recognize a deferred tax liability on those amounts.

The Company maintains liabilities for uncertain tax positions. These liabilities involve considerable judgment and estimation and are continuously monitored by management based on the best information available, including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases, and other pertinent information. As of June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company's total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was approximately $6.0 million, $6.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

The aggregate annual changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Beginning balance	$	6,274		$	5,065		$	4,165
Decrease in tax positions for prior years		(1,210	)		(24	)		—
Increase in tax positions for prior years		142			—			—
Increase in tax positions for current year		841			1,233			900
Ending balance	$	6,047		$	6,274		$	5,065

As of June 30, 2017, the Company's total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was approximately $6.0 million, of which, only $0.4 million, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change materially over the next 12 months.

While management believes that the Company has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by tax authorities could be greater or less than the recorded position. Accordingly, the Company’s provisions on federal, state and foreign tax-related matters to be recorded in the future may change as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

The Company’s primary tax jurisdiction is the United States. For federal and state tax purposes, the tax years 2001 through 2015 remain open and subject to tax examination by the appropriate federal or state taxing authorities.

XML

COMMON STOCK

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

Common Stock [Abstract]

COMMON STOCK

10. COMMON STOCK

Common Shares Reserved for Issuance

At June 30, 2017, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

Reserved under stock option plans	4,041
Reserved under employee stock purchase plan	3,189
Total	7,230

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS [Abstract]

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Equity Stock Incentive Plans

The Company grants nonqualified (“NQSO”), restricted stock awards and restricted stock units to officers, directors, employees and consultants under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”). The 2015 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options and NQSOs for over a period not to exceed ten years and at exercise prices that are not less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors. Stock options issued under the 2015 Plan generally vest 25% at one year and then 1/36^th monthly thereafter, and restricted stock units issued under the 2015 Plan generally vest 25% at one, two, three and four years.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Shares Subject to Options Outstanding			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (In years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at July 1, 2016		6,268		$	6.31
Options granted		1,503			7.91
Options exercised		(488	)		4.95
Options cancelled/forfeited		(741	)		7.86
Balance at June 30, 2017		6,542		$	6.61		6.54	$	2,480
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2017		5,747		$	6.47		6.25	$	2,479
Options exercisable at June 30, 2017		4,043		$	6.03		5.33	$	2,434

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $3.21, $3.22, and $3.02, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $1.0 million, $4.9 million, and $3.2 million, respectively, and represents the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the dates of exercise and the exercise price of the options.

The following table summarizes information about outstanding and exercisable options at June 30, 2017 (in thousands, except years and exercise prices):

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Exercise Prices	Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$3.50 - 4.25		322		5.10	$	4.03		322	$	4.03
$4.31		710		5.73		4.31		691		4.31
$4.35 - 5.15		812		4.24		4.79		795		4.79
$5.25 - 6.61		1,011		5.68		6.28		743		6.35
$6.64 - 7.23		664		7.10		6.87		366		6.81
$7.25 - 7.41		724		8.10		7.36		322		7.36
$7.42 - 8.02		1,063		7.53		7.77		403		7.70
$8.03		33		9.20		8.03		—		—
$8.04		760		9.13		8.04		—		—
$8.12 - 13.73		443		4.69		9.04		401		9.03
Total		6,542		6.54	$	6.61		4,043	$	6.03

Stock-based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the use of the following assumptions: (i) the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, which is based on a blended rate of the Company’s own common stock volatility and the volatility data of certain peer companies; (ii) the expected term which is the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding based on Company’s actual historic grant, exercise, and post-vesting forfeiture data; (iii) an expected dividend yield, which is assumed to be 0% as the Company has not paid and, as of the date of grant, did not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future; and (iv) a risk-free interest rate, which is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to expected term of the option award. The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation method, with the following assumptions:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017	2016	2015
Expected life from grant date of option	5.15-5.17 years	5.09-5.13 years	5.04-5.09 years
Risk-free interest rate	1.13-1.94%	1.24-1.59%	1.45-1.70%
Expected volatility	39-45%	46-48%	49-50%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%

As of June 30, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted to employees and non-employee directors was $3.2 million, net of estimated forfeitures, which the Company expects to recognize over 2.6 years. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, any unvested stock option will be cancelled upon consummation of the merger.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On November 9, 2016, the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2016 ESPP”) was approved by stockholders. The 2016 ESPP is the successor to the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2007 ESPP”) which terminated automatically in October 2016. A total of 3.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2016 ESPP. The 2016 ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discount through payroll deductions. Offering periods are six-months long commencing on May 1^st and November 1^st, each year, and employees are able to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the first day of an offering period or on the purchase date (the last day of the applicable offering period). The terms of the 2007 ESPP were substantially the same as the terms of the 2016 ESPP as explained in the paragraph above.

Pursuant to the definitive agreement entered into with Mitel, the Company’s ESPP was suspended on July 26, 2017, the date of the Merger Agreement, and the Company subsequently refunded contributions received from participating employees. The ESPP will be terminated upon the consummation of the merger. The Company expects that there will be no further offering periods under the ESPP prior to its termination in connection with the closing of the merger. Refer to Note 18 for additional details regarding this definitive agreement.

The fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the ESPP is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017	2016	2015
Expected life from grant date of ESPP	0.33-0.50 years	0.50 years	0.50 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.40-1.08%	0.14-0.41%	0.06-0.09%
Expected volatility	32-37%	29-37%	35-43%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%

Expenses related to shares issued under the ESPP are included in stock-based compensation expense. The Company issued 689,007 shares and 737,806 shares under the ESPP in fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively, at a weighted average price per share of $5.30 and $5.51, respectively. As of June 30, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP plan was $0.4 million, which the Company expects to recognize over 0.5 years.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock award and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended June 30, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):

	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding - July 1, 2016		1,927		$	6.99
Awarded		1,302			7.73
Released		(629	)		6.83
Forfeited		(398	)		7.40
Outstanding - June 30, 2017		2,202		$	7.39

The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units granted during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $10.1 million, $9.3 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

As permitted under the 2007 Plan, in fiscal 2016, the Company issued 26,773 shares of restricted stock awards, with a fair value of $0.2 million, to non-employee directors electing to receive them in lieu of an annual cash retainer. These shares were issued quarterly and vest immediately upon issuance. No restricted stock awards were issued in fiscal 2017.

As of June 30, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards and units awarded to employees and directors was $5.0 million, net of estimated forfeitures, which the Company expects to recognize over 2.5 years. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, any unvested restricted stock units will be cancelled upon consummation of the merger.

XML

TREASURY STOCK

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

TREASURY STOCK [Abstract]

TREASURY STOCK

12. TREASURY STOCK

In May 2016, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company's common stock from time to time at the discretion of our management. This stock repurchase authorization has no expiration date.

Under these programs, the Company may repurchase shares in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions. Repurchases are funded with cash and cash generated from operations. The timing and amount of specific repurchase transactions will depend upon market conditions, corporate considerations and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The Company accounts for repurchased shares of common stock as treasury stock. Treasury shares are recorded at cost and are included as a component of stockholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheet.

A summary of the approved and active share buyback program is shown in the following table:

	Shares Repurchased			Average Price per Share		Value of Shares Repurchased		Remaining Amount Authorized
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Balance as of July 1, 2016								$	—
Authorization of repurchase shares in May 2016									20,000
Repurchase of common stock		(126	)	$	6.49	$	819		(819	)
Balance as of June 30, 2016									19,181
Repurchase of common stock		(339	)	$	6.77	$	2,298		(2,298	)
Balance as of June 30, 2017								$	16,883

There were no share repurchases in fiscal 2015.

There were no retirements of treasury stock during fiscal years 2017, 2016, and 2015.

XML

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

13. LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation - As of June 30, 2017, the Company is involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of the ordinary course of business or otherwise. Any litigation, regardless of outcome, is costly and time-consuming, can divert the attention of management and key personnel from business operations, deter distributors from selling the Company’s products and dissuade potential customers from purchasing the Company’s products. The Company defends itself vigorously against any such claims. With the exception of the items specifically noted herein, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, the Company is unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time, however the Company does not believe a material loss is probable.

On September 15, 2011, a lawsuit was filed against the Company and several other companies in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas by a patent holding company alleging patent infringement. On July 22, 2015, the Company and the plaintiff executed settlement and license agreements. On July 23, 2015, the Company and the plaintiff filed a stipulation with the Court to dismiss all claims and counterclaims with prejudice, which the Court granted on July 31, 2015. The Company recorded a $1.0 million charge related to past damages related to the settlement and license agreements. This charge is classified as product cost of revenue within the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. The settlement and license agreements also include an ongoing royalty on certain products which are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial results.

Arbitration - On March 21, 2013, the Company provided Fortis Advisors LLC (“Fortis”), as representative of the former shareholders of M5 Networks, Inc. (“M5”), with a Claim Certificate disclosing certain claims for indemnification under the January 31, 2012 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between M5 and the Company (the “Purchase Agreement”). Thereafter, the Company and Fortis engaged in negotiations in an attempt to resolve the indemnification claims asserted by the Company. In September 2013, the Company received notice of commencement of an arbitration proceeding by Fortis on behalf of the former shareholders of M5. Through the arbitration, Fortis sought a declaration that the Company’s claims for indemnification be precluded. On October 11, 2013, the Company served its response, denying all of Fortis’ allegations and asserting counterclaims for breach of the Purchase Agreement and declaratory relief. The arbitrator held a hearing with the parties from October 13, 2014 through October 16, 2014, addressing certain of the Company’s claims. The arbitrator issued his ruling on the matter on December 5, 2014.

On February 19, 2015, the Company and Fortis entered into an agreement to settle the escrow claim with a payout in cash to the Company in the amount of $2.1 million, with all other cash and shares held in escrow being released to the former shareholders of M5. As the settlement payout ratio of cash and stock mix differed from the Purchase Agreement, the Company recognized a $0.7 million modification accounting charge related to the change in fair value of foregone stock per the Purchase Agreement. The fair value of the common stock was measured using the closing price of our common stock as of February 19, 2015, the final settlement date.

Per the Purchase Agreement, the non-prevailing party was required to reimburse professional fees of the prevailing party. The arbitration ruling in December 2014 determined the former M5 shareholders to be the prevailing party, thus the Company was deemed to be required to reimburse professional fees incurred by former M5 shareholders related to the escrow proceedings. The Company and Fortis entered into an agreement to settle the professional fee reimbursement for $2.5 million, as such, the Company recognized this amount as a professional fee reimbursement charge classified as settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Indemnification asset - As a result of the arbitration settlement made between the parties noted above, the Company recorded an impairment of the related indemnification asset to adjust the carrying value to the amount it realized from the related escrow proceeds. During fiscal 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $3.6 million classified as settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations. The carrying amount of the indemnification asset was zero at June 30, 2015 as the settlement amount of $2.1 million was received during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Contingencies - During fiscal 2015 the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issued a Notice of Proposed Adjustment (“NOPA”) resulting from a withholding tax audit of payments made to non-U.S. vendors during calendar years 2008 through 2012. The NOPA asserts a liability for under-withheld taxes of approximately $2.0 million, plus related penalties and estimated interest of approximately $1.3 million. In connection with the asserted NOPA, the Company accrued $1.1 million for the liability during fiscal 2015, accrued an additional $0.1 million during fiscal 2016 and released $30,000 due to final settlement of this matter for $1.2 million during fiscal 2017.

Settlements and defense fees - Settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2017 and 2016 were comprised of an IRS proposed adjustment. Settlements and defense fees within the consolidated statement of operations of $8.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 were comprised of a $3.6 million impairment of the indemnification asset charge, a $2.5 million charge for professional fee reimbursement, a $0.7 million modification accounting charge related to the change in fair value of foregone stock per the Purchase Agreement, $1.1 million related to an IRS proposed adjustment and $0.6 million in professional fees incurred in connection with an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Leases - The Company leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases which expire at various times through 2023. The leases provide for the lessee to pay all costs of utilities, insurance, and taxes. Future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable operating leases as of June 30, 2017, are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending June 30,	Operating Leases
2018	$	7,095
2019		5,688
2020		4,287
2021		2,499
2022		1,610
Therafter		940
Total minimum lease payments	$	22,119

Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $1.6 million due in the future under a noncancelable sublease.

Lease obligations for the Company’s foreign offices are denominated in foreign currencies, which were converted to U.S. dollars at the interbank exchange rate on June 30, 2017.

Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, was $5.7 million, $5.4 million and $5.6 million, respectively.

Purchase commitments - The Company had purchase commitments with contract manufacturers for inventory and with technology firms for usage of software licenses totaling approximately $15.3 million and $15.4 million as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Indemnification - Under the indemnification provisions of the Company’s customer agreements, the Company agrees to indemnify and defend its customers against infringement of any patent, trademark, or copyright or the misappropriation of any trade secret, arising from the customers’ legal use of the Company’s services. The exposure to the Company under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customers under pertinent agreements. However, certain indemnification provisions potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the aggregate amount received from the customer.

The Company also has entered into customary indemnification agreements with each of its officers and directors.

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

SEGMENT INFORMATION [Abstract]

SEGMENT INFORMATION

14. SEGMENT INFORMATION

ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments, products and services, geographic areas of operations and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. On this basis, the Company is organized and operates in a single segment: the design, development, marketing, and sale of business communication solutions.

Revenue by geographic region is based on the ship to address on the customer order. The following presents total revenue by geographic region (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
United States of America	$	328,490	$	330,841	$	330,318
International		29,269		29,443		29,352
Total	$	357,759	$	360,284	$	359,670

Revenue from one value-added distributor accounted for approximately 26%, 27% and 26% of the total revenue during the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following presents a summary by geographic region of long-lived assets, excluding deferred tax assets, other assets, and intangible assets (in thousands):

	As at June 30,
	2017		2016
United States of America	$	17,764	$	20,323
International		1,302		1,228
Total	$	19,066	$	21,551

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES [Abstract]

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

15. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and the exchange rates associated with foreign currencies. During fiscal 2017 and 2016, the Company used derivative instruments to reduce the volatility of earnings associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company used foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain foreign monetary assets and liabilities, primarily including cash balances, third party accounts receivable and intercompany transactions recorded on the balance sheet. These derivatives are not designated and do not qualify as hedge instruments. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in other income and expenses during the period of change. These derivatives have maturities of approximately one month. The foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2017 were entered into by the Company on the last business day of the period. Given the relatively short duration such contracts are outstanding in relation to changes in potential market rates; the change in the fair value is not material and is not reflected either as an asset or a liability.

The following table presents the gross notional value of all our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands).

	June 30, 2017
	Local Currency Amount		Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Australian dollar	$	2,870	$	2,177
British pound	£	2,250		2,904
Canadian dollar	$	860		657
Euro	€	1,010		1,143
Total			$	6,881

	June 30, 2016
	Local Currency Amount		Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Australian dollar	$	1,800	$	1,316
British pound	£	830		1,088
Canadian dollar	$	940		718
Euro	€	1,500		1,650
Total			$	4,772

XML

EMPLOYEE 401(K) PLAN

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

EMPLOYEE 401(K) PLAN [Abstract]

EMPLOYEE 401(K) PLAN

16. EMPLOYEE 401(K) PLAN

Employee 401(k) Plan - The Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan which has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) to be qualified as a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”). The Plan covers substantially all employees. The Plan provides for voluntary tax deferred contributions of 1-20% of gross compensation, subject to certain IRS limitations. Effective January 1, 2015, the Company began matching employee contributions to the Plan on a dollar for dollar basis up to a maximum amount of $1,500 per year. Employer matching contributions made by the Company vest immediately. Our employer matching contributions to the Plan were $1.1 million in both fiscal 2017 and 2016.

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) [Abstract]

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the Company’s information on total revenue, gross profit, net income (loss) and earnings per share by quarter for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. This data was derived from the Company’s unaudited consolidated financial statements.

	Three Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017			Mar. 31, 2017			Dec. 31, 2016			Sept. 30, 2016			Jun. 30, 2016			Mar. 31, 2016			Dec. 31, 2015		Sept. 30, 2015
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	95,721		$	87,730		$	88,034		$	86,274		$	94,592		$	85,236		$	90,431	$	90,025
Gross profit		60,567			56,222			55,504			54,323			59,487			52,436			57,885		58,012
Net income (loss)		(956	)		(2,940	)		(2,916	)		(5,631	)		(744	)		(8,707	)		2,545		2,114
Basic net income (loss) per common share	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.13	)	$	0.04	$	0.03
Diluted net income (loss) per common share	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.13	)	$	0.04	$	0.03

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

SUBSEQUENT EVENT [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On July 26, 2017, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Mitel US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Shelby Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent and, with respect to certain obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, Mitel Networks Corporation, a Canadian corporation. Pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub has commenced an all-cash tender offer for any and all of ShoreTel’s outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a purchase price of $7.50 per share, net to the seller in cash, without interest, and subject to any required withholding of taxes. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including the tender of at least one share more than half of all the Company’s common stock outstanding as well as regulatory and other related approvals. The Company has agreed to operate its business in the ordinary course during the period between the execution of the Merger Agreement and the effective time of the merger and has agreed to certain other customary restrictions on its operations, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

On August 21, 2017, Louis Scarantino, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Scarantino v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 4:17-cv-04857-YGR (“Scarantino Complaint”).

On August 22, 2017, Noradura Frydman, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company and the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, captioned Frydman v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 5:17-cv-4865-BLF (“Frydman Complaint”).

On August 23, 2017, Joseph Mozee, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Mozee v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 4:17-cv-04888-HSG (“Mozee Complaint”).

On August 24, 2017, David H. Simonson, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Simonson v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:17-cv-04931-WHA (“Simonson Complaint”).

On August 28, 2017, Armando Herrera, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company, the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, the Offeror, Parent and Mitel, captioned Herrera v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:17-cv-04988-WHO (“Herrera Complaint”).

On August 31, 2017, Gianfranca De Angelis, a purported stockholder of the Company, filed a putative stockholder class action complaint in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California against the Company and the individual members of the ShoreTel Board, captioned De Angelis v. ShoreTel, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:17-cv-05091 (“De Angelis Complaint” and together with the Scarantino, Frydman, Mozee, Simonson and Herrera Complaints, “Complaints”).

The Scarantino, Frydman, Simonson and De Angelis Complaints each assert that defendants violated Sections 14(e), 14(d)(4), and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by making untrue statements of material fact and omitting certain material facts related to the Merger Agreement and related transactions (“Transactions”) in the Company’s Schedule 14D-9. The Mozee and Herrera Complaints likewise assert that defendants violated Sections 14(e) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by making untrue statements of material fact and omitting certain material facts related to the Transactions in the Company’s Schedule 14D-9. The Mozee Complaint also alleges that the members of the ShoreTel Board breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the Transactions because the Transactions do not appropriately value the Company, were the result of a flawed sale process, the Merger Agreement includes preclusive deal terms, and the Company’s officers and directors have potential conflicts. The Complaints seek, among other things, an order enjoining defendants from consummating the Transactions, money damages and an award of attorneys’ and experts’ fees. The Company believes that the lawsuits are without merit and, if the lawsuits are pursued, the Company will vigorously defend itself. The Company is unable to estimate a reasonably possible loss or range of loss, if any, at the current time.

As contemplated by the proposed resolution of the litigations described above, the Company has provided certain additional disclosures that are supplemental to those contained in the Schedule 14D-9.

XML

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

Fiscal Year End

Fiscal Year End - The Company operates on a fiscal year ending June 30.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries located worldwide. All transactions and balances between the parent and the subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The use of estimates is included in certain areas including revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, inventory and other assets valuation, accrued taxes and surcharges, accounting for income taxes and accounting for goodwill and purchased intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2017, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were managed by multiple financial institutions. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. At June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 one value-added distributor accounted for 50% and 42% of the total accounts receivable, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their respective fair market values due to the short maturities of these financial instruments. Refer to Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the methods used to determine the fair value of short-term investments. Refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the methods used to determine the fair value of the line of credit.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of less than three months at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained with various financial institutions.

Investments

Investments - The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of U.S. Government agency securities, corporate bonds and commercial paper. These investments are held in the custody of two major financial institutions. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost basis of disposed fixed income securities. At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s investments were classified as available-for-sale. These investments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with net unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments is considered to be other-than-temporary. An impairment is considered other-than-temporary if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its entire amortized cost basis, or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security. If an impairment is considered other-than-temporary based on (i) or (ii) described above, the entire difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of the security is recognized in earnings. If an impairment is considered other-than-temporary based on condition (iii), the amount representing credit losses, defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the debt security, will be recognized in earnings and the amount relating to all other factors will be recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). In estimating the amount and timing of cash flows expected to be collected, the Company considers all available information including past events, current conditions, the remaining payment terms of the security, the financial condition of the issuer, expected defaults, and the value of underlying collateral. The Company has determined that gross unrealized losses on short-term investments at June 30, 2017 and 2016 are temporary in nature because each investment meets our investment policy and credit quality requirements. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until they recover their unrealized losses, which may not be until maturity. Evidence that we will recover our investments outweighs evidence to the contrary.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts - The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon its assessment of various factors. The Company considers historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay to determine the level of allowance required.

The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized as follows (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Allowance for doubtful accounts - beginning	$	678		$	631		$	636
Current period provision		217			216			182
Provision related to the acquisition of a business		—			79			—
Write-offs charged to allowance, net of recoveries		(395	)		(248	)		(187	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts - ending	$	500		$	678		$	631

Inventories

Inventories - Inventories, which consist principally of raw materials, finished goods and inventories held by distributors are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined under a standard cost method that approximates first-in, first-out. The Company accounts for excess and obsolete inventory by reducing the carrying value to the estimated market value of the inventory based upon management’s assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the asset or the lease term.

Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed

Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed - Development costs of computer software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are subject to capitalization beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. In most instances, the Company’s products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established; therefore, costs incurred subsequent to achievement of technological feasibility are usually not significant. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the product. The Company evaluates the realizability of the assets and the related periods of amortization on a regular basis. Judgment is required in determining when technological feasibility of a product is established as well as its economic life.

Business Combinations

Business Combinations – The Company recognizes identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill to the extent the Company identifies adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets - Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis on June 30th and, when specific circumstances dictate, between annual tests. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. The Company has a single reporting unit. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, identifying a potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step would need to be conducted; otherwise, no further steps are necessary as no potential impairment exists. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying value over the respective implied fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. There was no impairment of goodwill identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Purchased-intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods of benefit, ranging from two to eight years. The Company performs a review of purchased-intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than it had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of purchased-intangible assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the useful life of the asset is shorter than originally estimated, the Company accelerates the rate of amortization and amortizes the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life. There was no impairment of purchased-intangible assets identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets - The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from such an asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, an impairment loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. There was no impairment of long-lived assets identified in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Treasury Shares

Treasury Shares - From time to time, the Company repurchases shares of its common stock, depending on market conditions, in the open market, in accordance with programs authorized by the Board of Directors. Repurchased shares are held as treasury stock until such time as they are retired or re-issued. Retirements of treasury stock are non-cash equity transactions in which the reacquired shares are returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares and the cost is recorded as a reduction to both retained earnings and treasury stock.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition - The Company derives its revenue from the sale of cloud-based and onsite-based Unified Communication systems and services.

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as hardware and software products and/or services, we allocate revenue to each element based on relative selling prices. The relative selling price is determined using vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) when available. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to determine the third party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for the deliverables. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately by the competitors. Generally, our product offerings differ from those of our competitors and comparable pricing of our competitors is often not available. Therefore, we are typically not able to determine TPE. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use estimated selling prices (“ESP”) in our allocation of arrangement fees. The ESP for a deliverable is determined as the price at which we would transact if the products or services were sold on a stand-alone basis.

Hosted and Related Services Revenues:

The Company’s hosted and related services and solutions consist primarily of our proprietary hosted voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) UC system as well as other services such as foreign and domestic calling plans, certain UC applications, internet service provisioning, training and other professional services. Additionally, the Company offers their customers the ability to purchase phones from them directly or rent such phones as part of their service agreements. The customers are not required to purchase phones from the Company directly as they can independently purchase such equipment. Customers enter into a one to three-year service agreement whereby they are billed for such services on a monthly basis.

Monthly recurring hosted services are recognized on a straight line basis in the period when the service is delivered. The installation fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated customer life.

The Company bills most of the monthly recurring hosted service revenue a month in advance. Any amounts billed and collected, but for which the service is not yet delivered, are included in deferred revenue. These amounts are recognized as revenues only when the service is delivered.

The Company maintains a reserve for credits provided to customers for outages, quality issues, billing disputes or changes in the service levels that are included in the amounts that were billed in advance. The reserve for such credits is based on historical experiences and trends. The Company also maintains a reserve for amounts that are deemed as uncollectible.

Product and Support and Services Revenues:

The sale of IP telecommunication systems includes hardware, primarily phones and voice switches, software components and may also include training, installation, professional services and post-contractual support for the products. The Company’s business strategy is centered on selling to enterprise customers through channel partners rather than directly. Channel partners include resellers as well as value-added distributors who in turn sell to the resellers. Sales to value-added distributors allow the Company to leverage its existing distribution infrastructure and sales personnel.

The typical system includes a combination of IP phones, switches and UC software applications. For sales transactions made both direct and to resellers revenue is recognized at the time of shipment provided that all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. For sales to value-added distributors, revenue is initially deferred and is recognized at the time of sale by the distributor to their customer, provided all the provisions of revenue recognition have been met. The Company refers to this distribution approach as its two-tier distribution model and the recognition of revenue at the time of sale by the distributor as the sell through method.

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred (depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies and significant uncertainties, and collection is reasonably assured. The fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices. The agreements with reseller partners generally do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. Even though substantially all of the contractual agreements do not provide return privileges, there are circumstances for which the Company will accept a return. The Company maintains a reserve for such returns based on historical experience with reseller partners. The agreements with the Company’s value-added distributors allow for limited rights of return of products generally purchased within the previous 90 days. In addition to such return rights, the Company generally offers price protection provisions to its distributors when there is a permanent reduction of its sales prices. In such cases, the Company is obligated to grant the distributor a credit for the difference between the changes in the aggregate price of any amounts that have been purchased but unsold by the distributor as of the effective date of such decrease. In addition, certain of the Company’s distributors stock phones and switches and purchase licenses only upon sale to a value added reseller or end customer. Revenue is deferred for distributors until the distributor sells the hardware and license to their customer which would constitute a complete configuration of our system. To the extent that the Company’s agreements contain acceptance terms, the Company recognizes revenue upon product acceptance, unless the acceptance provision is deemed to be perfunctory. Payment terms to customers generally range from net 30 to net 60 days. In the event payment terms are extended materially from the Company’s standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payment becomes due. The Company assesses the ability to collect from its customers based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness and past transaction history of the customer. If the customer is not deemed credit worthy, the Company defers all revenue from the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue. Provisions for return allowances are recorded at the time revenue is recognized based on the Company’s historical experience. The provision for return allowances is recorded as a reduction to revenues on the statement of operations and is included as a reduction to accounts receivable on the balance sheet.

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company’s transactions and are recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Nearly all of the Company’s system sales include the purchase of post-contractual support contracts with terms of up to five years, and the renewal rates on these contracts have been high historically. The Company recognizes support revenue on a ratable basis over the term of the support contract. Since the Company receives payment for support in advance of recognizing the related revenue, the Company carries a deferred revenue balance on the consolidated balance sheet.

Most of the products and services included in an onsite-based system qualify as separate units of accounting. Many of the Company’s products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the essential functionality of the integrated system product. The Company analyzes all of its software and non-software products and services and considers the features and functionalities of the individual elements and the stand alone sales of those individual components among other factors, to determine which elements are essential or non-essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system product. The Company recognizes revenue related to installation services and training upon delivery of the service.

The Company’s core software, which we refer to as “essential software,” is integrated with hardware and is essential to the functionality of the integrated system product. The Company also sells additional software which provides increased features and functions, but is not essential to the overall functionality of the integrated system products, which we refer to as “non-essential software.” At the initial purchase, the customer generally bundles together the hardware, essential software, non-essential software, as needed, and up to five years of post-contractual support. Thereafter, if the enterprise customer increases its end users and system functionality, it may add more hardware, both essential and non-essential software components, and related post-contractual support by purchasing them separately.

The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the non-essential software deliverables and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the hierarchy in the accounting guidance. The non-essential software deliverables included in a multiple element arrangement are subject to the industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. As the Company has not been able to obtain VSOE for all of the non-essential software deliverables in the arrangement, revenue allocated to the delivered non-essential software elements is recognized using the residual method in accordance with industry specific software revenue recognition guidance. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue recognized for the delivered non-essential software elements equaled the total allocated consideration less the VSOE of any undelivered elements bundled with such non-essential software elements.

The Company has been able to establish VSOE for its professional and post contractual support services mainly based on the volume and the pricing of the stand-alone sales for these services within a narrow range. The Company establishes its ESP for products by considering factors including, but not limited to, geographies, customer segments and pricing practices. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE and ESP and maintains internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

Channel Partner Programs and Incentives

Channel Partner Programs and Incentives - The Company records estimated reductions to revenues for channel partner programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. The Company also accrues for co-op marketing funds as a marketing expense if the Company receives an identifiable benefit in exchange and can reasonably estimate the fair value of the identifiable benefit received; otherwise, it is recorded as a reduction to revenues.

Warranties

Warranties - The majority of the Company’s products are covered by a one-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. Estimated contractual warranty obligations are recorded when related sales are recognized based on historical experience. The determination of such provision requires the Company to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the product under warranty. If actual costs differ significantly from these estimates, additional amounts are recorded when such costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. The provisions for product warranties are recorded within cost of goods sold on the statement of operations and included within accrued liabilities and other on the balance sheet and are insignificant for fiscal 2017 and 2016.

Research and Development Costs

Research and Development Costs – Research and development expenses primarily include personnel costs, outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype costs, test equipment, software usage fees and facilities expenses. Research and development expenses are recognized when incurred.

Income and Telecom Taxes

Income and Telecom Taxes – The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for any tax benefit of which future realization is uncertain. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if applicable, are recognized in the income tax provision.

As a provider of communication services, the Company assesses whether to include the taxes and surcharges collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, including Universal Service Fund charges, sales, use, and various surcharges, in the Company’s revenues and expenses. This assessment includes whether the Company is the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where the Company does business. In jurisdictions where the Company determines that it is the principal taxpayer, the Company records the surcharges these within revenues and cost of hosted and related services in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as well as within accrued taxes and surcharges in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In jurisdictions where the Company determines that it is merely a collection agent for the government authority, the Company does not include them in our revenues and cost of hosted and related services.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation – The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. The Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan. Generally, stock options granted to employees vest 25% at one year and then 1/36^th monthly thereafter, and restricted stock units issued generally vest 25% at one, two, three and four years, and have a term of ten years.

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
Cost of hosted and related services revenue	$	261	$	1,272	$	1,215
Cost of product revenue		53		64		74
Cost of support and services revenue		370		590		497
Research and development		2,256		1,854		1,928
Sales and marketing		2,909		2,569		2,391
General and administrative		3,940		2,522		2,308
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	9,789	$	8,871	$	8,413

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign Currency Translation – The Company’s foreign operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and foreign currency transaction costs; however, the majority of sales transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of the subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency denominated sales, costs and expenses are recorded at the average exchange rates during the year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations within other income (expense), net.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) – Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) only includes unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323):Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings, which responds to SEC staff announcements made in 2016 as it relates to the disclosure of the future impact of the effects of the new FASB guidance on revenue, leases and credit losses on financial instruments. This accounting guidance was effective upon issuance in January 2017. As of January 1, 2017, the Company has adopted ASU 2017-03 and has made the required disclosures within the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) - an accounting standard that supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. New disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers are also required. From August 2015 through December 2016, the FASB issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance within ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-11, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20. These amendments are intended to improve and clarify the implementation guidance of Topic 606. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017; early adoption is permitted for periods beginning after December 15, 2016. This guidance may be applied retrospectively (a) to each reporting period presented or (b) with the cumulative effect in retained earnings at the beginning of the adoption period.

The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of its pending adoption of this guidance on its revenue transactions, including any impacts on associated processes, systems, and internal controls. The Company has started reviewing each of its revenue streams that may be impacted by the adoption of this guidance, including the determination whether the performance obligations will change as compared to current generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), as well as determining the stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation. The Company is also assessing if sales commissions will need to be capitalized upon adoption of the new ASU and evaluating the proper period over which to amortize these capitalized costs. In addition, the Company is evaluating revenue recognition related to sales made to resellers and value-added distributors. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and any preliminary assessments are subject to change.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330):Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Under this ASU, inventory will be measured at the “lower of cost and net realizable value” and options that currently exist for “market value” will be eliminated. The ASU defines net realizable value as the “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.” No other changes were made to the current guidance on inventory measurement. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the lease accounting requirements in Topic 840. This ASU requires a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee would account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of use asset and a corresponding lease liability. For finance leases, the lessee would recognize interest expense and amortization of the right-of-use asset, and for operating leases, the lessee would recognize a straight-line total lease expense. The guidance also requires qualitative and specific quantitative disclosures to supplement the amounts recorded in the financial statements so that users can understand more about the nature of an entity’s leasing activities, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including certain income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. Under the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses, which the FASB believes will result in more timely recognition of such losses. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which addresses the appropriate cash flow classification, including requirements to allocate certain components of these cash receipts and payments among operating, investing and financing activities for certain cash receipts and cash payments. The retrospective transition method, requiring adjustment to all comparative periods presented, is required unless it is impracticable for some of the amendments, in which case those amendments would be prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. This accounting guidance is effective for financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-19, Technical Corrections and Improvements, which includes numerous technical corrections and clarifications to GAAP that are designed to remove inconsistencies in the board’s accounting guidance. Several provisions in this accounting guidance are effective immediately which did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additional provisions in this accounting guidance are effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The guidance is effective for annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which provides guidance to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating the Step 2 procedure from the goodwill impairment test. An entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect that its adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Scope of Modification Accounting, which amends the requirements in GAAP related to accounting for changes to the terms of share-based compensation awards. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company in annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that its adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized as follows (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Allowance for doubtful accounts - beginning	$	678		$	631		$	636
Current period provision		217			216			182
Provision related to the acquisition of a business		—			79			—
Write-offs charged to allowance, net of recoveries		(395	)		(248	)		(187	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts - ending	$	500		$	678		$	631

Stock-based compensation expense

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
Cost of hosted and related services revenue	$	261	$	1,272	$	1,215
Cost of product revenue		53		64		74
Cost of support and services revenue		370		590		497
Research and development		2,256		1,854		1,928
Sales and marketing		2,909		2,569		2,391
General and administrative		3,940		2,522		2,308
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	9,789	$	8,871	$	8,413

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Summary of purchase price allocation

The total purchase price was allocated to M5 Australia’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of November 16, 2015 as set forth below. The following is the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

	(In thousands)			Estimated Useful Lives (In years)
Cash acquired	$	224
Other current assets		386
Intangible assets:
Customer relationships		1,300			5
Goodwill		5,210
Other long-term assets		164
Other liabilities assumed		(1,174	)
	$	6,110

Corvisa LLC [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Summary of purchase price allocation

The total purchase price was allocated to Corvisa’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of January 6, 2016 as set forth below. The following is the purchase price allocation (in thousands):

	(In thousands)			Estimated Useful Lives (In years)
Cash acquired	$	227
Other current assets		933
Intangible assets:
Existing technology		3,400			5
Customer relationships		100			3
Favorable leases		178			6
Goodwill		1,489
Other long-term assets		3,301
Other liabilities assumed		(966	)
	$	8,662

XML

BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS [Abstract]

Balance sheet components

Balance sheet components consisted of the following:

	As of June 30,
	2017			2016
	(Amounts in thousands)
Inventories:
Raw materials	$	52		$	57
Distributor inventory		2,192			1,677
Finished goods		9,380			10,754
Total inventories	$	11,624		$	12,488
Property and equipment:
Computer equipment and tooling	$	35,872		$	33,739
Customer premise equipment		23,522			17,194
Software		7,932			7,328
Furniture and fixtures		3,676			3,880
Leasehold improvements & others		9,643			8,836
Total property and equipment		80,645			70,977
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(61,579	)		(49,426	)
Property and equipment – net	$	19,066		$	21,551
Deferred revenue:
Product	$	7,076		$	5,433
Support and services		61,485			59,465
Hosted and related services		14,208			12,807
Total deferred revenue	$	82,769		$	77,705

XML

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS [Abstract]

Summary of short-term investments

The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term investments (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	23,213	$	—	$	(27	)	$	23,186
U.S. Government agency securities		25,524		—		(45	)		25,479
Total short-term investments	$	48,737	$	—	$	(72	)	$	48,665

	June 30, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Corporate bonds and commercial paper	$	26,359	$	9	$	(5	)	$	26,363
U.S. Government agency securities		20,038		32		—			20,070
Total short-term investments	$	46,397	$	41	$	(5	)	$	46,433

Short term investments by contractual maturity

The following table summarizes the maturities of the Company’s short-term investments by contractual maturity (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Less than 1 year	$	43,058	$	42,993
Due in 1 to 3 years		5,679		5,672
	$	48,737	$	48,665

	June 30, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Less than 1 year	$	28,107	$	28,114
Due in 1 to 3 years		18,290		18,319
	$	46,397	$	46,433

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

Schedule of goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

	Total
As of June 30, 2015	$	122,750
Addition		6,699
As of June 30, 2016	$	129,449
As of June 30, 2017	$	129,449

Summary of intangible assets

The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017							June 30, 2016
	Gross Carrying ‎Amount		Accumulated‎ Amortization			Net Carrying‎ Amount		Gross Carrying ‎Amount		Accumulated‎ Amortization			Net Carrying‎ Amount
Patents	$	5,296	$	(4,140	)	$	1,156	$	4,446	$	(3,919	)	$	527
Technology		31,434		(27,243	)		4,191		31,434		(23,523	)		7,911
Customer relationships		24,700		(18,093	)		6,607		24,700		(14,513	)		10,187
Other		178		(45	)		133		178		(15	)		163
Intangible assets	$	61,608	$	(49,521	)	$	12,087	$	60,758	$	(41,970	)	$	18,788

Estimated future amortization expenses for intangible assets

The estimated future amortization expenses for intangible assets, excluding intangible assets in process and other, for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending June 30,
2018	$	5,683
2019		4,180
2020		1,437
2021		647
2022		140
Thereafter		—
Total	$	12,087

XML

FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE [Abstract]

Schedule of financial instruments and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The tables below set forth the Company’s financial instruments and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

	June 30, 2017
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	1,485	$	1,485	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Corporate notes and commercial paper		23,186		—		23,186		—
U.S. Government agency securities		25,479		—		25,479		—
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	$	50,150	$	1,485	$	48,665	$	—

The above table excludes $65.7 million of cash balances on deposit at banks.

	June 30, 2016
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	3,533	$	3,533	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments:
Corporate notes and commercial paper		26,363		—		26,363		—
U.S. Government agency securities		20,070		—		20,070		—
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	$	49,966	$	3,533	$	46,433	$	—

XML

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE [Abstract]

Reconciliation of net loss per common share

The following table is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (in thousands other than per share amounts):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(12,443	)	$	(4,792	)	$	(4,404	)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)		68,100			66,405			63,953
Net loss per share
Basic and diluted	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.07	)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Components of loss before income taxes

The components of loss before income taxes consist of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Domestic	$	(12,842	)	$	(5,375	)	$	(4,416	)
Foreign		1,337			1,143			973
Total	$	(11,505	)	$	(4,232	)	$	(3,443	)

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Current:
Federal	$	1		$	(129	)	$	159
State		272			100			528
Foreign		757			685			299
Total current income tax		1,030			656			986
Deferred:
Federal		34			17			—
State		5			2			—
Foreign		(131	)		(115	)		(25	)
Total deferred income tax		(92	)		(96	)		(25	)
Provision for income taxes	$	938		$	560		$	961

Reconciliation of income tax provision to federal statutory income tax rate

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to loss before benefit from income tax is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Benefit from income tax at federal statutory rate	$	(3,913	)	$	(1,439	)	$	(1,140	)
Non deductible expenses		302			385			442
Federal Alternative Minimum Tax		1			(129	)		159
Stock-based compensation		306			273			314
Fair value of escrow settlement modification		—			—			225
Credits		(976	)		(1,775	)		(574	)
State taxes		272			100			528
Other		211			201			(56	)
Increase in valuation allowance		4,735			2,944			1,063
Total	$	938		$	560		$	961

Components of deferred tax assets

Significant components of deferred tax assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2017			2016
Deferred Tax Assets
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	32,598		$	29,015
Tax credit carryforwards		24,116			20,659
Stock compensation		5,782			11,295
Deferred revenue		3,337			3,330
Other		6,866			6,955
Gross deferred tax assets		72,699			71,254
Valuation allowance		(72,158	)		(69,413	)
Total deferred tax assets		541			1,841
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Acquistion intangibles		(312	)		(1,927	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(312	)		(1,927	)
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	229		$	(86	)

Reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits

The aggregate annual changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2015
Beginning balance	$	6,274		$	5,065		$	4,165
Decrease in tax positions for prior years		(1,210	)		(24	)		—
Increase in tax positions for prior years		142			—			—
Increase in tax positions for current year		841			1,233			900
Ending balance	$	6,047		$	6,274		$	5,065

XML

COMMON STOCK (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

Common Stock [Abstract]

Reserved shares of common stock for issuance

At June 30, 2017, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows (in thousands):

Reserved under stock option plans	4,041
Reserved under employee stock purchase plan	3,189
Total	7,230

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS [Abstract]

Schedule of stock options activity

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Shares Subject to Options Outstanding			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (In years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at July 1, 2016		6,268		$	6.31
Options granted		1,503			7.91
Options exercised		(488	)		4.95
Options cancelled/forfeited		(741	)		7.86
Balance at June 30, 2017		6,542		$	6.61		6.54	$	2,480
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2017		5,747		$	6.47		6.25	$	2,479
Options exercisable at June 30, 2017		4,043		$	6.03		5.33	$	2,434

Outstanding and exercisable options

The following table summarizes information about outstanding and exercisable options at June 30, 2017 (in thousands, except years and exercise prices):

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Exercise Prices	Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$3.50 - 4.25		322		5.10	$	4.03		322	$	4.03
$4.31		710		5.73		4.31		691		4.31
$4.35 - 5.15		812		4.24		4.79		795		4.79
$5.25 - 6.61		1,011		5.68		6.28		743		6.35
$6.64 - 7.23		664		7.10		6.87		366		6.81
$7.25 - 7.41		724		8.10		7.36		322		7.36
$7.42 - 8.02		1,063		7.53		7.77		403		7.70
$8.03		33		9.20		8.03		—		—
$8.04		760		9.13		8.04		—		—
$8.12 - 13.73		443		4.69		9.04		401		9.03
Total		6,542		6.54	$	6.61		4,043	$	6.03

Assumptions for estimating fair value of stock options

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation method, with the following assumptions:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017	2016	2015
Expected life from grant date of option	5.15-5.17 years	5.09-5.13 years	5.04-5.09 years
Risk-free interest rate	1.13-1.94%	1.24-1.59%	1.45-1.70%
Expected volatility	39-45%	46-48%	49-50%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%

Fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the ESPP estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model

The fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the ESPP is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017	2016	2015
Expected life from grant date of ESPP	0.33-0.50 years	0.50 years	0.50 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.40-1.08%	0.14-0.41%	0.06-0.09%
Expected volatility	32-37%	29-37%	35-43%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%	0%

RSA and RSU activity

Restricted stock award and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended June 30, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):

	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding - July 1, 2016		1,927		$	6.99
Awarded		1,302			7.73
Released		(629	)		6.83
Forfeited		(398	)		7.40
Outstanding - June 30, 2017		2,202		$	7.39

XML

TREASURY STOCK (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

TREASURY STOCK [Abstract]

Approved and active share buyback program

A summary of the approved and active share buyback program is shown in the following table:

	Shares Repurchased			Average Price per Share		Value of Shares Repurchased		Remaining Amount Authorized
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Balance as of July 1, 2016								$	—
Authorization of repurchase shares in May 2016									20,000
Repurchase of common stock		(126	)	$	6.49	$	819		(819	)
Balance as of June 30, 2016									19,181
Repurchase of common stock		(339	)	$	6.77	$	2,298		(2,298	)
Balance as of June 30, 2017								$	16,883

XML

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

Schedule of future minimum payments under noncancelable capital and operating leases

Future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable operating leases as of June 30, 2017, are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending June 30,	Operating Leases
2018	$	7,095
2019		5,688
2020		4,287
2021		2,499
2022		1,610
Therafter		940
Total minimum lease payments	$	22,119

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

SEGMENT INFORMATION [Abstract]

Total revenue and long-lived assets, excluding deferred tax assets, other assets, and intangible assets by geographic region

Revenue by geographic region is based on the ship to address on the customer order. The following presents total revenue by geographic region (in thousands):

	Year Ended June 30,
	2017		2016		2015
United States of America	$	328,490	$	330,841	$	330,318
International		29,269		29,443		29,352
Total	$	357,759	$	360,284	$	359,670

The following presents a summary by geographic region of long-lived assets, excluding deferred tax assets, other assets, and intangible assets (in thousands):

	As at June 30,
	2017		2016
United States of America	$	17,764	$	20,323
International		1,302		1,228
Total	$	19,066	$	21,551

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES [Abstract]

Notional amounts of outstanding derivative positions

The following table presents the gross notional value of all our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands).

	June 30, 2017
	Local Currency Amount		Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Australian dollar	$	2,870	$	2,177
British pound	£	2,250		2,904
Canadian dollar	$	860		657
Euro	€	1,010		1,143
Total			$	6,881

	June 30, 2016
	Local Currency Amount		Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Australian dollar	$	1,800	$	1,316
British pound	£	830		1,088
Canadian dollar	$	940		718
Euro	€	1,500		1,650
Total			$	4,772

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2017

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) [Abstract]

Quarterly financial information

The following table summarizes the Company’s information on total revenue, gross profit, net income (loss) and earnings per share by quarter for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. This data was derived from the Company’s unaudited consolidated financial statements.

	Three Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017			Mar. 31, 2017			Dec. 31, 2016			Sept. 30, 2016			Jun. 30, 2016			Mar. 31, 2016			Dec. 31, 2015		Sept. 30, 2015
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue	$	95,721		$	87,730		$	88,034		$	86,274		$	94,592		$	85,236		$	90,431	$	90,025
Gross profit		60,567			56,222			55,504			54,323			59,487			52,436			57,885		58,012
Net income (loss)		(956	)		(2,940	)		(2,916	)		(5,631	)		(744	)		(8,707	)		2,545		2,114
Basic net income (loss) per common share	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.13	)	$	0.04	$	0.03
Diluted net income (loss) per common share	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.13	)	$	0.04	$	0.03

XML

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Part 1) (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($) Distributor Institution	Jun. 30, 2016 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2015 USD ($)
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Number of distributors accounting for more than 10% of accounts receivable | Distributor	1
Investments [Abstract]
Number of financial institutions for short-term investments custody | Institution	2
Allowance for doubtful accounts [Roll Forward]
Allowance for doubtful accounts - beginning	$ 678	$ 631	$ 636
Current period provision	217	216	182
Provision related to the acquisition of a business	0	79	0
Write-offs charged to allowance, net of recoveries	(395)	(248)	(187)
Allowance for doubtful accounts - ending	$ 500	$ 678	$ 631
Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of property and equipment	2 years
Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of property and equipment	5 years
Credit Concentration Risk [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage	50.00%	42.00%

XML

THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Part 2) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Impairment of goodwill	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Impairment of purchased intangible assets	0	0	0
Impairment of identified long-lived assets	$ 0	0	0
Revenue Recognition [Abstract]
Number of days to return purchased products	90 days
Warranties [Abstract]
Limited manufacturer's warranty description	The majority of the Company's products are covered by a one-year limited manufacturer's warranty.
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	$ 9,789,000	8,871,000	8,413,000
Minimum [Member]
Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Useful lives of intangible assets	2 years
Revenue Recognition [Abstract]
Period of service agreements entered by customers	1 year
Payment terms to customers	30 days
Maximum [Member]
Goodwill and Purchased-Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Useful lives of intangible assets	8 years
Revenue Recognition [Abstract]
Period of service agreements entered by customers	3 years
Payment terms to customers	60 days
Term of post-contractual support	5 years
Cost of Hosted and Related Services Revenue [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	$ 261,000	1,272,000	1,215,000
Cost of Product Revenue [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	53,000	64,000	74,000
Cost of Support and Services Revenue [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	370,000	590,000	497,000
Research and Development [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	2,256,000	1,854,000	1,928,000
Sales and Marketing [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	2,909,000	2,569,000	2,391,000
General and Administrative [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	$ 3,940,000	$ 2,522,000	$ 2,308,000
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option and restricted stock unit awards	The Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan. Generally, stock options granted to employees vest 25% at one year and then 1/36th monthly thereafter, and restricted stock units issued generally vest 25% at one, two, three and four years, and have a term of ten years.
Term period of stock awards granted to employees	10 years
Stock Options [Member] | Vesting Period at One Year [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Stock Options [Member] | Vesting Period after One Year till Forty Eight Months [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	75.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option and restricted stock unit awards	The Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan. Generally, stock options granted to employees vest 25% at one year and then 1/36th monthly thereafter, and restricted stock units issued generally vest 25% at one, two, three and four years, and have a term of ten years.
Term period of stock awards granted to employees	10 years
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at One Year [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at Two Years [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at Three Years [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at Four Years [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Details) AUD in Thousands, $ in Thousands			12 Months Ended
	Jan. 06, 2016 USD ($)	Nov. 16, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2016 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2015 USD ($)	Nov. 16, 2015 AUD
Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Goodwill			$ 129,449	$ 129,449	$ 122,750
Acquisition-related costs			$ 0	1,489	$ 0
M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition agreement date			Nov. 16, 2015
Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Cash acquired		$ 224
Other current assets		386
Goodwill		5,210
Other long-term assets		164
Other liabilities assumed		(1,174)
Purchase price allocation		6,110				AUD 8,500
Acquisition-related costs				300
Corvisa LLC [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition agreement date			Jan. 06, 2016
Business acquisition, market participant rate assumption			35.00%
Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Cash acquired	$ 227
Other current assets	933
Goodwill	1,489
Other long-term assets	3,301
Other liabilities assumed	(966)
Purchase price allocation	8,662
Acquisition-related costs				$ 1,200
Existing Technology [Member] | Corvisa LLC [Member]
Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Intangible assets	$ 3,400
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	5 years
Customer Relationships [Member] | M5 Networks Australia Pty Ltd [Member]
Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Intangible assets		$ 1,300
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets		5 years
Customer Relationships [Member] | Corvisa LLC [Member]
Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Intangible assets	$ 100
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	3 years
Favorable Leases [Member] | Corvisa LLC [Member]
Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Intangible assets	$ 178
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	6 years

XML

BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Inventories [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 52	$ 57
Distributor inventory	2,192	1,677
Finished goods	9,380	10,754
Total inventories	11,624	12,488
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Total property and equipment	80,645	70,977
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(61,579)	(49,426)
Property and equipment - net	19,066	21,551
Depreciation expense	12,900	11,900	$ 10,600
Deferred revenue [Abstract]
Total deferred revenue	82,769	77,705
Computer Equipment and Tooling [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Total property and equipment	35,872	33,739
Customer Premise Equipment [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Total property and equipment	23,522	17,194
Software [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Total property and equipment	7,932	7,328
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Total property and equipment	3,676	3,880
Leaseholds Improvements & Others [Member]
Property and equipment [Abstract]
Total property and equipment	9,643	8,836
Product [Member]
Deferred revenue [Abstract]
Total deferred revenue	7,076	5,433
Support and Services [Member]
Deferred revenue [Abstract]
Total deferred revenue	61,485	59,465
Hosted and Related Services [Member]
Deferred revenue [Abstract]
Total deferred revenue	$ 14,208	$ 12,807

XML

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS, Summary of Short-Term Investments (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Summary of short-term investments [Abstract]
Amortized cost	$ 48,737	$ 46,397
Gross unrealized gains	0	41
Gross unrealized losses	(72)	(5)
Fair value	48,665	46,433
Corporate Bonds and Commercial Paper [Member]
Summary of short-term investments [Abstract]
Amortized cost	23,213	26,359
Gross unrealized gains	0	9
Gross unrealized losses	(27)	(5)
Fair value	23,186	26,363
U.S. Government Agency Securities [Member]
Summary of short-term investments [Abstract]
Amortized cost	25,524	20,038
Gross unrealized gains	0	32
Gross unrealized losses	(45)	0
Fair value	$ 25,479	$ 20,070

XML

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS, Short Term Investments by Contractual Maturity (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Amortized Cost [Abstract]
Less than 1 year	$ 43,058	$ 28,107
Due in 1 to 3 years	5,679	18,290
Amortized cost	48,737	46,397
Fair Value [Abstract]
Less than 1 year	42,993	28,114
Due in 1 to 3 years	5,672	18,319
Fair value	$ 48,665	$ 46,433

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Goodwill (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2016 USD ($)
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, beginning balance	$ 122,750
Goodwill, addition	6,699
Goodwill, ending balance	$ 129,449

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 61,608	$ 60,758
Accumulated Amortization	(49,521)	(41,970)
Net Carrying Amount	12,087	18,788
Amortization of intangible assets	$ 7,600	8,400	$ 8,100
Minimum [Member]
Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Useful lives of intangible assets	2 years
Maximum [Member]
Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Useful lives of intangible assets	8 years
Patents [Member]
Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 5,296	4,446
Accumulated Amortization	(4,140)	(3,919)
Net Carrying Amount	1,156	527
Technology [Member]
Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	31,434	31,434
Accumulated Amortization	(27,243)	(23,523)
Net Carrying Amount	4,191	7,911
Customer Relationships [Member]
Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	24,700	24,700
Accumulated Amortization	(18,093)	(14,513)
Net Carrying Amount	6,607	10,187
Other [Member]
Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	178	178
Accumulated Amortization	(45)	(15)
Net Carrying Amount	$ 133	$ 163

XML

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Estimated Future Amortization Expenses for Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Estimated future amortization expenses for intangible assets [Abstract]
2018	$ 5,683
2019	4,180
2020	1,437
2021	647
2022	140
Thereafter	0
Net Carrying Amount	$ 12,087	$ 18,788

XML

FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	$ 48,665	$ 46,433
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	50,150	49,966
Cash balances on deposit at banks	65,700	58,200
Level 1 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	1,485	3,533
Level 2 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	48,665	46,433
Level 3 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Total assets measured and recorded at fair value	0	0
Money Market Funds [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	1,485	3,533
Money Market Funds [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	1,485	3,533
Money Market Funds [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Money Market Funds [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Corporate Notes and Commercial Paper [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	23,186	26,363
Corporate Notes and Commercial Paper [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	0	0
Corporate Notes and Commercial Paper [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	23,186	26,363
Corporate Notes and Commercial Paper [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	0	0
U.S. Government Agency Securities [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	25,479	20,070
U.S. Government Agency Securities [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	0	0
U.S. Government Agency Securities [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	25,479	20,070
U.S. Government Agency Securities [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Short-term investments	$ 0	$ 0

XML

LINE OF CREDIT (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($)
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Credit facility revolving loan facility for aggregate principal amount	$ 100.0
Line of credit facility, maturity date	Oct. 22, 2019
Line of credit facility, remaining borrowing capacity	$ 51.7
Line of credit facility, amount outstanding	$ 0.0
Federal Funds Rate [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	0.50%
Minimum [Member] | Federal Funds Rate [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	0.00%
Minimum [Member] | London Interbank Bank Offered Rate [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	1.50%
Minimum [Member] | Prime Rate [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	0.00%
Maximum [Member] | Federal Funds Rate [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	0.50%
Maximum [Member] | London Interbank Bank Offered Rate [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	2.25%
Maximum [Member] | Prime Rate [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	0.50%

XML

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Numerator [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (956)	$ (2,940)	$ (2,916)	$ (5,631)	$ (744)	$ (8,707)	$ 2,545	$ 2,114	$ (12,443)	$ (4,792)	$ (4,404)
Denominator [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted) (in shares)									68,100	66,405	63,953
Net loss per share - Basic and diluted (in dollars per share)									$ (0.18)	$ (0.07)	$ (0.07)
Antidilutive weighted shares excluded from calculation of diluted shares (in shares)									5,000	4,900	3,800

XML

INCOME TAXES, Components of Loss Before Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Components of loss before income taxes [Abstract]
Domestic	$ (12,842)	$ (5,375)	$ (4,416)
Foreign	1,337	1,143	973
Loss before provision for income taxes	$ (11,505)	$ (4,232)	$ (3,443)

XML

INCOME TAXES, Provision for Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Current [Abstract]
Federal	$ 1	$ (129)	$ 159
State	272	100	528
Foreign	757	685	299
Total current income tax	1,030	656	986
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	34	17	0
State	5	2	0
Foreign	(131)	(115)	(25)
Total deferred income tax	(92)	(96)	(25)
Total	$ 938	$ 560	$ 961

XML

INCOME TAXES, Reconciliation of Income Tax Provision to the Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Reconciliation of income tax provision to the federal statutory income tax rate [Abstract]
Benefit from income tax at federal statutory rate	$ (3,913)	$ (1,439)	$ (1,140)
Non deductible expenses	302	385	442
Federal Alternative Minimum Tax	1	(129)	159
Stock-based compensation	306	273	314
Fair value of escrow settlement modification	0	0	225
Credits	(976)	(1,775)	(574)
State taxes	272	100	528
Other	211	201	(56)
Increase in valuation allowance	4,735	2,944	1,063
Total	$ 938	$ 560	$ 961

XML

INCOME TAXES, Components of Deferred Tax Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Deferred Tax Assets [Abstract]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 32,598	$ 29,015
Tax credit carryforwards	24,116	20,659
Stock compensation	5,782	11,295
Deferred revenue	3,337	3,330
Other	6,866	6,955
Gross deferred tax assets	72,699	71,254
Valuation allowance	(72,158)	(69,413)
Total deferred tax assets	541	1,841
Deferred Tax Liabilities [Abstract]
Acquisition intangibles	(312)	(1,927)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(312)	(1,927)
Total net deferred tax assets	229
Total net deferred tax liabilities		$ (86)
Decrease in deferred tax assets	1,300
Decrease in deferred tax liabilities	1,600
Deferred tax assets, excess stock option deductions, pretax	13,100
Deferred tax assets, excess stock option deductions	4,400
Federal [Member]
Tax Credit Carryforward [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforwards	$ 17,500
Expiration of tax credit carryforward	Between 2023 and 2037
California [Member]
Tax Credit Carryforward [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforwards	$ 17,500
Expiration of tax credit carryforward	indefinitely
Federal [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 107,100
Net operating loss carryforwards expiration dates	Between 2023 and 2037
California [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 19,900
Net operating loss carryforwards expiration dates	Between 2018 and 2037
Other States [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 9,800
Net operating loss carryforwards expiration dates	Between 2018 and 2037

XML

INCOME TAXES, Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of unrecognized tax benefits [Rollforward]
Beginning balance	$ 6,274	$ 5,065	$ 4,165
Decrease in tax positions for prior years	(1,210)	(24)	0
Increase in tax positions for prior years	142	0	0
Increase in tax positions for current year	841	1,233	900
Ending balance	6,047	$ 6,274	$ 5,065
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate if recognized	400
Expected change in unrecognized tax benefits in next fiscal year	$ 0
Minimum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Open tax years	2001
Maximum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Open tax years	2015

XML

COMMON STOCK (Details) shares in Thousands	Jun. 30, 2017 shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock shares reserved for issuance (in shares)	7,230
Reserved Under Stock Option Plans [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock shares reserved for issuance (in shares)	4,041
Reserved Under Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock shares reserved for issuance (in shares)	3,189

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS, Equity Stock Incentive Plans (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock options granted expiration period	10 years
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted (in dollars per share)	$ 3.21	$ 3.22	$ 3.02
Intrinsic value for options exercised	$ 1,000	$ 4,900	$ 3,200
Stock option activity [Roll Forward]
Balance (in shares)	6,268
Options granted (in shares)	1,503
Options exercised (in shares)	(488)
Options cancelled/forfeited (in shares)	(741)
Balance (in shares)	6,542	6,268
Vested and expected to vest (in shares)	5,747
Options exercisable (in shares)	4,043
Weighted-Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Balance (in dollars per share)	$ 6.31
Options granted (in dollars per share)	7.91
Options exercised (in dollars per share)	4.95
Options cancelled/forfeited (in dollars per share)	7.86
Balance (in dollars per share)	6.61	$ 6.31
Vested and expected to vest (in dollars per share)	6.47
Options exercisable (in dollars per share)	$ 6.03
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term [Abstract]
Balance	6 years 6 months 14 days
Vested and expected to vest	6 years 3 months
Options exercisable	5 years 3 months 29 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Balance	$ 2,480
Vested and expected to vest	2,479
Options exercisable	$ 2,434
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Options outstanding (in shares)	6,542
Weighted average remaining contractual life	6 years 6 months 14 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.61
Options exercisable (in shares)	4,043
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.03
Stock Options [Member] | Vesting Period at One Year [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Stock Options [Member] | Vesting Period after One Year till Forty Eight Months [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	75.00%
Stock Options [Member] | Range $ 3.50 - 4.25 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 3.50
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 4.25
Options outstanding (in shares)	322
Weighted average remaining contractual life	5 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.03
Options exercisable (in shares)	322
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.03
Stock Options [Member] | Range $4.31 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 4.31
Options outstanding (in shares)	710
Weighted average remaining contractual life	5 years 8 months 23 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.31
Options exercisable (in shares)	691
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.31
Stock Options [Member] | Range $4.35 - 5.15 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	4.35
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 5.15
Options outstanding (in shares)	812
Weighted average remaining contractual life	4 years 2 months 26 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.79
Options exercisable (in shares)	795
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 4.79
Stock Options [Member] | Range $5.25 - 6.61 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	5.25
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 6.61
Options outstanding (in shares)	1,011
Weighted average remaining contractual life	5 years 8 months 5 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.28
Options exercisable (in shares)	743
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.35
Stock Options [Member] | Range $6.64 - 7.23 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	6.64
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 7.23
Options outstanding (in shares)	664
Weighted average remaining contractual life	7 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.87
Options exercisable (in shares)	366
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 6.81
Stock Options [Member] | Range $7.25 - 7.41 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	7.25
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 7.41
Options outstanding (in shares)	724
Weighted average remaining contractual life	8 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 7.36
Options exercisable (in shares)	322
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 7.36
Stock Options [Member] | Range $7.42 - 8.02 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	7.42
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 8.02
Options outstanding (in shares)	1,063
Weighted average remaining contractual life	7 years 6 months 11 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 7.77
Options exercisable (in shares)	403
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 7.70
Stock Options [Member] | Range $8.03 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 8.03
Options outstanding (in shares)	33
Weighted average remaining contractual life	9 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 8.03
Options exercisable (in shares)	0
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 0
Stock Options [Member] | Range $8.04 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 8.04
Options outstanding (in shares)	760
Weighted average remaining contractual life	9 years 1 month 17 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 8.04
Options exercisable (in shares)	0
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 0
Stock Options [Member] | Range $8.12 - 13.73 [Member]
Outstanding and exercisable options, by exercise price range [Line Items]
Range of exercise prices, lower range limit (in dollars per share)	8.12
Range of exercise prices, upper range limit (in dollars per share)	$ 13.73
Options outstanding (in shares)	443
Weighted average remaining contractual life	4 years 8 months 8 days
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 9.04
Options exercisable (in shares)	401
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 9.03
Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock options granted expiration period	10 years
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at One Year [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at Two Years [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at Three Years [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member] | Vesting Period at Four Years [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting percentage of stock awards granted to employees	25.00%
Incentive Stock Options [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option exercise price percentage	100.00%
Incentive Stock Options [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock options granted expiration period	10 years
Nonqualified Stock Option [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option exercise price percentage	85.00%
Nonqualified Stock Option [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock options granted expiration period	10 years

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS, Stock-based Compensation (Details) - Stock Options [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Fair value assumptions - stock options [Abstract]
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted to employees and non-employee directors	$ 3.2
Period to recognize unrecognized compensation cost	2 years 7 months 6 days
Minimum [Member]
Fair value assumptions - stock options [Abstract]
Expected life from grant date of option	5 years 1 month 24 days	5 years 1 month 2 days	5 years 14 days
Risk-free interest rate	1.13%	1.24%	1.45%
Expected volatility	39.00%	46.00%	49.00%
Maximum [Member]
Fair value assumptions - stock options [Abstract]
Expected life from grant date of option	5 years 2 months 1 day	5 years 1 month 17 days	5 years 1 month 2 days
Risk-free interest rate	1.94%	1.59%	1.70%
Expected volatility	45.00%	48.00%	50.00%

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS, Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock shares reserved for issuance (in shares)	7,230,000
2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock shares reserved for issuance (in shares)	3,500,000
Offering period for ESPP	6 months
Percentage of market value for purchasing shares of common stock by employees	85.00%
Shares issued (in shares)	689,007	737,806
Weighted average purchase price (in dollars per share)	$ 5.30	$ 5.51
Unrecognized compensation cost	$ 0.4
Period to recognize unrecognized compensation cost	6 months
Fair value assumptions - ESPP [Abstract]
Expected life from grant date of ESPP		6 months	6 months
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair value assumptions - ESPP [Abstract]
Expected life from grant date of ESPP	3 months 29 days
Risk-free interest rate	0.40%	0.14%	0.06%
Expected volatility	32.00%	29.00%	35.00%
2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair value assumptions - ESPP [Abstract]
Expected life from grant date of ESPP	6 months
Risk-free interest rate	1.08%	0.41%	0.09%
Expected volatility	37.00%	37.00%	43.00%

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS, Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value [Roll Forward]
Total fair value of restricted stock units granted	$ 10.1	$ 9.3	$ 5.8
Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Restricted stock award and restricted stock unit activity [Roll Forward]
Outstanding - beginning balance (in shares)	1,927,000
Awarded (in shares)	1,302,000
Released (in shares)	(629,000)
Forfeited (in shares)	(398,000)
Outstanding - ending balance (in shares)	2,202,000	1,927,000
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value [Roll Forward]
Outstanding - beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 6.99
Awarded (in dollars per share)	7.73
Released (in dollars per share)	6.83
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	7.40
Outstanding - ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 7.39	$ 6.99
Unrecognized compensation cost	$ 5.0
Period to recognize unrecognized compensation cost	2 years 6 months
Restricted Stock Awards [Member] | Non-employee Director Annual Retainer [Member]
Restricted stock award and restricted stock unit activity [Roll Forward]
Awarded (in shares)		26,773
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value [Roll Forward]
Total fair value of restricted stock units granted		$ 0.2

XML

TREASURY STOCK (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015	May 31, 2016
TREASURY STOCK [Abstract]
Shares repurchased (in shares)	(339,000)	(126,000)	0
Average price per share (in dollars per share)	$ 6.77	$ 6.49
Value of shares repurchased	$ 2,298	$ 819
Increase (decrease) in remaining amount authorized	(2,298)	(819)
Remaining amount authorized	$ 16,883	$ 19,181	$ 0	$ 20,000
Retirements of treasury stock (in shares)	0	0	0

XML

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]
Settlement amount in respect of escrow claim			$ 2,100
Fair value of escrow settlement modification	$ 0	$ 0	664
Professional fee reimbursement expense			2,500
Impairment of indemnification asset charge	0	0	3,584
Indemnification asset			0
Settlements and defense fees	(30)	56	8,475
Professional fees related to unsolicited acquisition proposal			600
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Settlement amount related to settlement and license agreements			1,000
Operating Leases [Abstract]
2018	7,095
2019	5,688
2020	4,287
2021	2,499
2022	1,610
Thereafter	940
Total minimum lease payments	22,119
Minimum sublease rentals under noncancelable sublease	1,600
Rent expense	5,700	5,400	5,600
Purchase commitments [Abstract]
Purchase commitment with contract manufacturers	15,300	15,400
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Settlement amount related to settlement and license agreements	1,200
Potential liability for withholding tax audit			2,000
Estimated interest and penalties			1,300
Accrued liability for withholding tax audit	$ (30)	$ 100	$ 1,100
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Calendar year for withholding tax audit	2012
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Calendar year for withholding tax audit	2008

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Details) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2017 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2016 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2016 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2015 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($) Customer	Jun. 30, 2016 USD ($) Customer	Jun. 30, 2015 USD ($) Customer
Revenue by geographic region [Abstract]
Total revenue	$ 95,721	$ 87,730	$ 88,034	$ 86,274	$ 94,592	$ 85,236	$ 90,431	$ 90,025	$ 357,759	$ 360,284	$ 359,670
Geographic Areas, Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Total assets	19,066				21,551				$ 19,066	$ 21,551
Number of major customers | Customer									1	1	1
Revenue [Member]
Geographic Areas, Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Revenue from one value added distributor accounted more than 10%									26.00%	27.00%	26.00%
Reportable Geographical Components [Member] | United States of America [Member]
Revenue by geographic region [Abstract]
Total revenue									$ 328,490	$ 330,841	$ 330,318
Geographic Areas, Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Total assets	17,764				20,323				17,764	20,323
Reportable Geographical Components [Member] | International [Member]
Revenue by geographic region [Abstract]
Total revenue									29,269	29,443	$ 29,352
Geographic Areas, Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Total assets	$ 1,302				$ 1,228				$ 1,302	$ 1,228

XML

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Details) € in Thousands, £ in Thousands, CAD in Thousands, AUD in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2017 AUD	Jun. 30, 2017 GBP (£)	Jun. 30, 2017 EUR (€)	Jun. 30, 2017 CAD	Jun. 30, 2016 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2016 AUD	Jun. 30, 2016 GBP (£)	Jun. 30, 2016 EUR (€)	Jun. 30, 2016 CAD
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative maturity period	1 month
Notional contract amount	$ 6,881					$ 4,772
Australian Dollar [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional contract amount	2,177	AUD 2,870				1,316	AUD 1,800
British Pound [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional contract amount	2,904		£ 2,250			1,088		£ 830
Canadian Dollar [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional contract amount	657				CAD 860	718				CAD 940
Euro [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional contract amount	$ 1,143			€ 1,010		$ 1,650			€ 1,500

XML

EMPLOYEE 401(K) PLAN (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
EMPLOYEE 401(K) PLAN [Abstract]
Minimum voluntary tax deferred contributions of gross compensation	1.00%
Maximum voluntary tax deferred contributions of gross compensation	20.00%
Employer matching contributions, maximum amount per employee	$ 1,500
Employer matching contributions	$ 1,100,000	$ 1,100,000

XML

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) [Abstract]
Total revenue	$ 95,721	$ 87,730	$ 88,034	$ 86,274	$ 94,592	$ 85,236	$ 90,431	$ 90,025	$ 357,759	$ 360,284	$ 359,670
Gross profit	60,567	56,222	55,504	54,323	59,487	52,436	57,885	58,012	226,616	227,820	218,563
Net income (loss)	$ (956)	$ (2,940)	$ (2,916)	$ (5,631)	$ (744)	$ (8,707)	$ 2,545	$ 2,114	$ (12,443)	$ (4,792)	$ (4,404)
Basic net income (loss) per common share (in dollars per share)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.08)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.13)	$ 0.04	$ 0.03
Diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars per share)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.08)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.13)	$ 0.04	$ 0.03

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENT (Details) - $ / shares	Jul. 26, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)		$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Subsequent Event [Member] | Mitel US Holdings, Inc [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001
Business acquisition, share price (in dollars per share)	$ 7.50